Home

2015 Escape Owner`s Manual

1. Hood open Red Displays when the hood is not completely closed and the vehicle is moving Displays when the hood is not completely closed Engine Message Message Action Indicator Engine fault Service now Amber Engine service is required Contact your authorized dealer High engine temperature Red Displays when the engine temperature is too Stop safely high Stop the vehicle in a safe place and allow to engine to cool If the problem persists contact your authorized dealer See Engine Coolant Check page 216 Power reduced to lower temperature Displays when the engine has reduced power in order to help reduce high coolant temper ature Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 96 Information Displays Hill Start Assist Message Message Action Indicator Hill start assist not avail Amber Displays when hill start assist is not available able Contact your authorized dealer Keyless Vehicle Message Message Action Indicator Ford KeyFree Key inside Amber Displays to remind you that the key is in the vehicle trunk See Keyless Starting page 125 Ford KeyFree No key Displayed if the key is not detected by the detected system See Keyless Starting page 125 Switch ign off Press Red Displayed as a reminder to turn off the vehicle ENGINE Start Stop See Keyless Starting page 125 button Press brake to start Displayed as a reminder to press the brake
2. Connections Search song lt name gt Pause Search track lt name gt Play Shuffle off Play all Shuffle on Play album lt name gt Play artist lt name gt Play genre lt name gt Play next folder Play next track Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing SYNC If Equipped USB Similar music lt name gt is a dynamic listing meaning that it could be the name of anything such as a group artist or song What s playing This voice command is not available until indexing is complete This voice command is only available in folder mode Voice command guide Autoplay Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during indexing Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process to finish before the system plays any of your music Search genre or Play genre The system searches all the data from your indexed music and if available begins to play the chosen type of music You can only play genres of music that are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player Similar music The system compiles a playlist and then plays music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information Search or Play artist track or album The system searches for specific artist track or album inform
3. Information Displays Power Steering Message Message Action Indicator Steering loss Stop safely Red The power steering system is not working Stop the vehicle a safe place Contact your author ized dealer Steering assist fault Amber The power steering system is not working Stop Service required the vehicle a safe place Contact your author ized dealer Steering fault Service Amber The power steering system has detected a now condition within the power steering system or passive entry or passive start system requires service Contact your authorized dealer Starting System Message Message Action Indicator Press brake to start Displays when starting the vehicle as a reminder to apply the brake Cranking time exceeded Displays when the vehicle fails to start Transmission and Four Wheel Drive Message Message Action Indicator Transmission fault See your authorized dealer Service now Transmission overtem Amber The transmission is overheating and needs to perature Stop safely cool Stop in a safe place as soon as it s possible Transmission Service Amber See your authorized dealer required Transmission Hot Stop or Speed Up Transmission is getting hot Stop to let it cool or speed up Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 100 Information Displays Message Message Action Indicator Transmission Hot Wait Transm
4. Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive your vehicle with caution Your vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and switch the engine off Arrange for your vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool Check the coolant level and replenish if low Re start the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Note Driving your vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible 2 3 4 5 Maintenance AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick Have an authorized dealer check and change the transmission fluid at the correct service interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 420 Your transmission does not consume fluid However if the transmission slips shifts slowly or if you notice a sign of leaking fluid contact an authorized dealer Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may
5. RerUeliNE neme eale 134 Fuel CONSUMPTION ccccccesessestesestesesteseeseeee 135 Emission Control SYSt M c cccceesesesees 136 Transmission Automatic TransmMiSSION cccceeeeeee 139 Four Wheel Drive Principle Of OPeratiOn cccceceesecseeeseees 142 Using Four Wheel Drive c cccscscesecsesseseees 142 Brakes General INFOrMaAtiON ccccccesessesteseseseees 147 Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Bra KGS ivssestsssnsnisiiacieciecereneints 147 Parking Brake Hill Start Assist Traction Control Principle Of Operation 149 USING Traction CONTTIOL eset 149 Stability Control Principle Of OPeratiOn nu 150 Using Stability CONtrOL cc escesesseseeteeeee 151 Parking Aids Parking Aid Synsonea ie 152 Active Park ASSISt ccssssssesessessesseseseees 154 Rear View CamMera eeeseessescieeseseseeeeeees 158 Cruise Control Principle Of OPeEratiOn c ccccsescesesseseeeseees 161 USING Cruise CONtIOL esccsessesesteseseseeseseees 161 Driving Aids Blind Spot Information System 162 Eco MOJE Sinas leisna esera la rairai 166 STO CVING eeccesesessssesesesssssseseseseeseseseesssessssseseeees 166 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Load Carrying Rear Under Floor Storage cccccsseeees 168 Luggage COVES 168 Roof Racks and Load Carriers 169 koad Umit eeren 170 Towing TOWING a Trailer eecsccessssestssestesestesesseesesees Trailer Sway Control
6. Display 338 Settings See Using Snow Chains pecial Notices New Vehicle Limited Warranty c cscseseeeee 12 Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks and Utility Type Vehicles Special Instructions Using Your Vehicle as an Ambulance Using Your Vehicle With a Snowplow 12 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance n Exceptions Speed Control See Cruise Control Stability Control z Principle of Operation 150 Starter Switch See Ignition SWITCH Lu cece ceteeteseeseseeseeeeseeee 125 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Starting a Gasoline Engine Automatic Engine Shutdown Failure to Start Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes Important Ventilating Information Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Vehicles with an Ignition Key Z Vehicles with Keyless Start Starting and Stopping the Engine 125 General Information Steering 166 Electric Power Steering Steering Wheel 69 Storage COMPAartMents ccecesececeeseees 124 Sunroof See Moonroof Sun V SOTS Illuminated Vanity Mirror Supplementary Restraints System 39 Principle of Operation Symbols Glossary SYNC Applications and Eae E sen cenaeeeaesirees 911 Assist SYNC App_Link SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI If Equipped Unites States Only Vehicle Health Report 308 SY NGM
7. Brake fluid Capacity Between MIN and MAX on reservoir Ford part name or equivalent Motorcraft High Performance DOT 4 Low Viscosity LV Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid Ford part number Ford specification PM 20 WSS M6C65 A2 Door latch hood latch auxiliary hood latch trunk latch seat tracks Multi Purpose Grease spray lithium grease XL 5 ESB M1C93 B Lock cylinder Motorcraft Penet rating and Lock Lubricant U S XL 1 U S Motorcraft Penet CXC 51 A Canada rating fluid Canada Automatic trans 2 2 gal 8 5L Motorcraft MERCON XT 10 QLVC mission fluid 7 LV MERCON LV Rear differential 2 4 pt 1 15 L Motorcraft SAE XY 80W90 OL All Wheel Drive fluid 80W 90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant WSP M2C197 A Power transfer unit PTU fluid All Wheel Drive 4 18 fl oz 0 53 L Motorcraft SAE 75W 140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant XY 75W140 QL WSL M2C192 A Engine oil 5 7 qt 5 4 L Motorcraft SAE 5W XO 5W30 OFS or 2 0L EcoBoost 30 Full Synthetic XO 5W30 QSP Motor Oil or U S Motorcraft SAE 5W CXO 5W30 LFS12 or 30 Premium CXO 5W30 LSP12 Synthetic Blend Canada Motor Oil WSS M2C946 A 268 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Capacities and Specifications Item Capacity Ford part name or Ford part number equivalent Ford specification Engine oil 4 3 qt 4 1L Motorcraft SAE 5W XO
8. Capacities and Specifications E142732 271 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Audio System GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio Reception Factors Distance and Strength Terrain Station overload CD and CD Player Information Note CD units play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Note Do not insert CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact an authorized dealer for further information Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean ina circular motion Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The further you travel from an FM station the
9. History After you connect your Bluetooth enabled phone to SYNC you can access any previously dialed received or missed calls You can also choose to save these to your Favorites or to Quick Dial Note This is a phone dependent feature If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system Messaging Send text messages using your touchscreen See Text messaging later in this section Settings Touch this button to access various phone settings such as turning Bluetooth on and off managing your phonebook and more See Phone settings later in this section Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 367 Text Messaging Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features Note Certain features in text messaging are speed dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone You can send and receive text messages using Bluetooth read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms such as LOL 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu Select Messaging Choose from the following Listen speaker icon Dial Send Text View Delete 2 3 Composing a Text Message Note This is a speed dependent feature It is unavailable when your vehicle is traveling at spee
10. Note Driving through standing water can cause vehicle damage Note Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter Before driving through standing water check the depth Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the front rocker area of your vehicle E176360 When driving through standing water drive very slowly and do not stop your vehicle Your brake performance and traction may be limited After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the brakes and to check that they work Check that the horn works Check that the exterior lights work Turn the steering wheel to check that the steering power assist works FLOOR MATS WARNINGS Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed Only use floor mats that are firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury Always make sure that the floor mats are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to make sure mats do not
11. Parking Aids E130108 When you think the vehicle has enough space in front and behind it or you hear a solid tone from the parking aid bring the vehicle to a complete stop E130109 When automatic steering is finished the touch screen displays a message indicating that the active park assist process is done The driver is responsible for checking the parking job and making any necessary corrections before putting the transmission in P Park Deactivating the Park Assist Feature The system can be deactivated manually by pressing the active park assist button grabbing the steering wheel driving above approximately 20 mph 35 km h for 30 seconds during an active park search Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing cog X Aimy driving above 6 mph 10 km h during automatic steering turning off the traction control system Certain vehicle conditions can also deactivate the system such as Traction control has activated ona slippery or loose surface There is an anti lock brake system activation or failure Any door except the driver s opens Something touches the steering wheel If a problem occurs with the system a warning message is displayed followed by a chime Occasional system messages may occur in normal operation For recurring or frequent system faults contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced Parking Aids Troubleshooting the System
12. Examples For a 5000 pound 2268 kilogram conventional trailer multiply 5000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 pounds 227 to 340 kilograms For an 11500 pound 5216 kilogram fifth wheel trailer multiply by 0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds 782 to 1304 kilograms WARNINGS A Do not exceed the GVWR or e specified on the the GAWR ified on th Safety Compliance Certification Label A Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations A Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb on your vehicle s placard Load Carrying Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lb The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lb and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your ve
13. MyKey is successfully created Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys You can also program configurable settings for the key s Refer to Programming Changing Configurable Settings Programming Changing Configurable Settings Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings 1 Switch the ignition on using an admin key or fob Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the gt button 2 3 Use the arrow buttons to get to a configurable feature 4 Press OK or gt to make a selection Note You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey Once you have switched the engine off however you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings CLEARING ALL MYKEYS You can clear or change your MyKey settings using the information display control on the steering wheel See Information Displays page 90 Switch the ignition on using an admin key or fob To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to Message Action and Description Settings Press the OK button MyKey Press the OK button Clear MyKey Press and hold the OK button until the following message displays All MyKeys Cleared Note When you clear your MyKeys you remove al
14. Not used R3 Not used R4 Not used R5 Not used R6 Not used 208 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Fuses CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING You must replace a failed fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating If you use a fuse with a higher amperage rating you may cause severe wire damage and may start a fire E142430 A fuse may fail if electrical components in the vehicle are not properly working A broken wire inside the fuse indicates a failed fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components 209 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Maintenance GENERAL INFORMATION Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value There is a large network of authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy See Scheduled Maintenance page 420 If your vehicle requires professional service an authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your warranty information to find out which parts a
15. RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel Fuel and Refueling You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal With keyless ignition just start the engine Crank time will be longer than usual Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on asteep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8 liters may be required The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator See Warning Lamps and Indicators page 86 Refilling With a Portable Fuel Container WARNINGS Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the capless fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank which could result in serious personal injury Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others Note Do not use aftermarket funnels they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it The included funnel has
16. Recommended Towing Weights 179 Essential TOWING CNECKS cccsecceseeteseeee 181 Towing POINTS 183 Transporting the Vehicle 184 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels 185 Driving Hints Br AkiN IN ccscesesessssessessessesesessestesesseseseses 186 Economical Driving 186 Driving Through Water 187 Floor MAUS sicvscsscszvssssssssidsvsssssescessessessiizceisestiets 187 Roadside Emergencies Roadside Assistance 189 Hazard Warning Flashers 190 WOU SAUUO GI ssccstesscstscsisteississitiisisireressreaatss 190 Jump Starting the Vehicle 19 Post Crash Alert SYSte M ccccseeeesees 193 Customer Assistance Getting the Services You Need 194 In California U S ONLY 195 The Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program U S OMLy ccccseseeeees 196 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program Canada Only ccccccseeees 196 Getting Assistance Outside the U S and f ata o f Pee AEA E 197 Ordering Additional Owner s lity Wl Ul Erreser 198 Table of Contents Reporting Safety Defects U S OY ss seostt EE E 198 Reporting Safety Defects Canada OR reer reeeeeret creer ea eeeenecennt 199 Fuses Fuse Specification Chart cccscsceeees 200 Changing a Fuse Maintenance General INFOrMatiOn ccccccseseeeseeeseees 210 Opening and Closing the Hood 210 Under Hood Overview 1 6L EcoBoost Under Hood Overview 2 0L
17. Telenav and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers on the other hand 2013 HERE All rights reserved The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada Queen s Printer for Ontario Canada Post Corporation GeoBase Department of Natural Resources Canada HERE holds a non exclusive license from the United States Postal Service to publish and sell ZIP 4 information United States Postal Service 2014 Prices are not established controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS United States Postal Service USPS and ZIP 4 The Data for Mexico includes certain data from Instituto Nacional de Estadistica y Geografia TERMS AND CONDITIONS Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Permitted Use You agree to use this Data together with the Telenav Software solely for the internal business and personal purposes for which you were licensed and not for service bureau time sharing or other similar purposes Accordingly but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs you agree not to otherwise reproduce copy modify decompile disassemble create any derivative works of or reverse engineer any portion of this Data and may not transfer or distribute it in any form for any purpose
18. The system does not look for a space The traction control system may be off Any door except the driver s may not be completely closed The system does not offer a particular space Something may be contacting the front bumper or side sensors There is not enough room on both sides of the vehicle in order to park There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space The vehicle is farther than 6 5 ft 2 m from the parking space The vehicle is closer than 16 in 40 cm from neighboring parked vehicles The transmission is in R Reverse the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space The vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission i e rolling forward when R Reverse is selected The transmission is in R Reverse the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning the vehicle properly Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly The vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly i e not inflated correctly improper size or of different sizes A repair or alteration
19. There is a bluetooth bug on some order versions of the Android OS that may cause apps that were found on your previous vehicle drive to not be found again if you have not turned off bluetooth Reset the Bluetooth on your phone by turning it off and then turning Bluetooth back on If you are in your vehicle SYNC should be able to automatically re connect to your phone if you press the Phone button Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 328 SYNC If Equipped AppLink issues Possible solution s Possible cause s My iPhone phone is connected my app is running restarted the app but still cannot find it on SYNC The USB connection to SYNC may need to be reset Unplug the USB cable from the phone wait a moment and plug the USB cable back in to the phone Aftera few seconds the app should appear in SYNC s Mobile Apps Menu If not Force Close the application and restart it have an Android phone found and started my media app on SYNC but there is no sound or the sound is very low The bluetooth volume on the phone may be low Try increasing the Bluetooth volume of the device by using the device s volume control buttons which are most often found on the side of the device I can only see some of the AppLink apps running on my phone listed in SYNC s Mobile Apps Menu Some Android devices have a limited number of bluetooth ports apps can use to
20. This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection USB mobile broadband settings may not display if the device is already on You can select the following Country Carrier Phone Number User Name and Password Bluetooth Settings Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect disconnect set as favorite delete and add device Bluetooth isa registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Prioritize Connection Methods Choose your connection methods and change them as needed You can select to Change Order and have the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi Fi Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 345 MyFord Touch i equipped The Wi Fi CERTIFIED Logo is a certification mark of the Wi Fi Alliance Cr Press the Settings icon gt Help CERTIFIED then select from the following E142626 Help Where Am View your vehicle s current location if your vehicle is equipped with navigation If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation you do not see this button System Information Touchscreen system serial number Your vehicle identification number VIN Touchscreen system software version Navigation system version Map database version Sirius satellite radio ESN Gracenote Database Information and Library vers
21. AUTOWI PERS If Equipped Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure you switch off the windshield wipers before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note f you switch on the autolamps with the autowipers the low beam headlamps will turn on automatically when the rain sensor turns on the windshield wipers continuously Wipers and Washers Note During wet or winter driving conditions with ice snow or a salty road mist inconsistent or unexpected wiping or smearing may occur In these conditions you can do the following Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers to reduce the amount of smearing Switch to normal or high speed wipe Switch the autowipers off E168041 A High sensitivity B On C Low sensitivity The autowipers feature uses a rain sensor that is located in the area around the interior rear view mirror The rain sensor monitors the amount of moisture on the windshield and automatically turns the wipers on It will adjust the wiper speed by the amount of moisture that the sensor detects on the windshield Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor Set the control to low sensitivity and the wipers will turn on when the rain sensor detects a large amount of moisture on the windshield
22. Before driving off check the instrument cluster for a liftgate or door ajar message or warning indicator Failure to do this could result in unintentionally leaving the liftgate open while driving Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing When Opening The system stops when it detects an obstacle and two short tones sound Remove the obstacle to operate the liftgate KEYLESS ENTRY it Equipped SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD The keypad is located near the driver window It is invisible until touched and then it lights up so you can see and touch the appropriate buttons Note f you enter your entry code too fast on the keypad the unlock function may not work Re enter your entry code more slowly E138637 You can use the keypad to lock or unlock the doors program and erase user codes arm and disarm the anti theft alarm Locks You can operate the keypad with the factory set five digit entry code The code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box and is available from an authorized dealer You can also create up to five of your own five digit personal entry codes Programming a Personal Entry Code To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Press 1 2 on the keypad within five seconds Enter your personal five digit code You must enter each number within five seconds of each other Press 1 2 on the keypad to save personal code 1 The doors will l
23. Brake Fluid Check BrAke S cccccsesseessesees 147 General Information 147 Breaking In ss 1 122 186 Bulb Specification Chart 228 Cabin Air Filter vecccseccesicsesesseseczeseceeseczevecsesecs 109 California Proposition 65 0 0 Capacities and Specifications 264 Technical Specifications 268 Car Wash See Cleaning the Exterior 231 Genter CONSOLE minasa 124 Changing a BUD cesses 224 Lamp Assembly Condensation 224 Replacing Fog Park and Turn Signal Replacing HID Headlamp Bulbs Replacing High Mount Brake Lamp BUD E A A ES 227 Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb 227 Replacing Reverse Lamp Assembly 227 Replacing Side Marker BUIDS ccceeeee 226 Replacing Tail Brake and Turn Signal Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information Tire Change Procedure Changing the 12V Battery Changing the Engine Air Filter 1 6L and 2 0L EcoBoost Engines 2 5L Engine Su Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 438 Changing the Wiper Blades Front Wiper Blades Rear Wiper Blade Checking MyKey System Status Checking the Wiper Blades cccee Child Restraint and Safety Belt MaintenanCe sssssssssssseresesrrssrrresrrreersrrresnee 37 Child Safety 19 General Information 19 Child Safety Locks 29 Left Hand Side Right Hand Side eeceseeessesessestesesseseeseseeseseesees 30 Chil
24. ECOBOOStU eccccsssesssssssssstsssessscseseesesesees 213 Under Hood Overview 2 5L 214 Engine Oil Dipstick 2 0L ee Engine Oil Dipstick 1 6L ECOBOOS HM cic iessstsicasieenniensnans 215 Engine Oil Check sisi sccsssccssscersenvaiiniacis 215 Engine Coolant Che ck cccescesesesseeesees 216 Automatic Transmission Fluid 9 9 Power Steering Fluid Check cccccese 219 Washer Fluid CHECK seeeececeeeeseeseeeees 9 Fuel Filteren ia cceeees 19 Changing the 12V Battery Checking the Wiper Blades Changing the Wiper Blade 08 221 Adjusting the Headlamp5S cccccseeee 222 Removing a HEadlaMP ccscessseseceeeees Changing a BUlb ss sss rsesninisserinnnrnnsrrnnnn Bulb Specification Chart Changing the Engine Air Filter 229 Vehicle Care General INFOrmation 231 Cleaning PrOdUCtS cccccesssssecesseseeseseeeseees 231 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing eaning the Windows and Wiper Bla deS i RRE 233 eaning the INTEION cceeseseeseseseeseeteeees 233 C C C Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens C R C eaning Leather Seats epairing Minor Paint Damage 235 eaning the Alloy WheelS cscseee 235 Vehicle StOrASe ccsesecessssecsesesteseeteseesseseeteses 235 Wheels and Tires General INfOrMatiOn ccccceesecseeeeeees 238 Me Careia ee eee tee carer errr 240
25. Note You must press each button within three seconds of each other Your vehicle will not remote start and the horn will not sound if you do not follow this sequence E138626 The label on your transmitter details the starting procedure To remote start your vehicle 1 Press the lock button to lock all the doors 2 Press the remote start button twice The exterior lamps will flash twice The horn will sound if the system fails to start unless quiet start is on Quiet start will run the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce noise You can switch it on or off in the information display See General Information page 90 Note f you remote start your vehicle with an integrated keyhead transmitter you must switch the ignition on before driving your vehicle If you remote start your vehicle with an intelligent access transmitter you must press the START STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving your vehicle Keys and Remote Controls The power windows will be inhibited during the remote start and the radio will not turn on automatically The parking lamps will remain on and the vehicle will run for 5 10 or 15 minutes depending on the setting Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration If the duration is set to last 10 minutes the duration will extend by anothe
26. Registers the distance traveled of individual journeys Trip Timer Registers the time of individual journeys Instantaneous Fuel Shows your instantaneous fuel usage Average Fuel Indicates the average fuel consumption since the function was last reset Digital Speedo Shows a digital display of your vehicle speed All Value Indicates all the respective remaining fuel distance time and average fuel information INFORMATION MESSAGES Note Depending on your vehicle options and instrument cluster type not all of the messages display or are available Additionally the information display may abbreviate or shorten certain messages Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing E130248 Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display The information display automatically removes other messages after a short time You need to confirm certain messages before you can access the menus Message indicator if Equipped The message indicator li illuminates to supplement some messages It is red or amber depending on the severity of the message and remains on until you or your authorized dealer have fixed the vehicle concern A system specific symbol with a message indicator may supplement some messages Information Displays Airbag Message Message Action Indicator Airbag fault Service now Amber Displays when the system requires service due to a
27. card slot See Navigation page 382 E142621 The USB ports are located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen 359 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch i equipped This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks flash drives or thumb drives and charge devices if they support this feature In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Playing Music from Your Device Note The system is capable of indexing up to 30 000 songs Insert your device and select the D SD Card or USB tab once the system recognizes it You can then select from the following options Repeat This feature replays the currently playing song or album Shuffle Touch this button to play music on the selected album or folder in random order Similar Music This feature allows you to choose music similar to what is currently playing More Info Touch this button to see disc information such as current track artist name album and genre Options Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings Escape TM2 enUSA First Printin
28. enUSA First Printing Keys and Remote Controls PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The remote control allows you to Remotely lock or unlock the vehicle doors Unlock the doors without actively using a key or remote control intelligent access only Remotely open the power liftgate if equipped Remotely start or stop the engine and user pre set features if equipped Arm and disarm the anti theft system Activate the panic alarm GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range Weather conditions Nearby radio towers Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 48 Structures around the vehicle Other vehicl
29. engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points Stay clear of moving parts To avoid reverse polarity connections make sure that you correctly identify the positive and negative terminals on both the disabled and booster vehicles before connecting the cables 1 Note n the illustration the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle Roadside Emergencies 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine or connect the negative cable to the ground connection point if available WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and rev the engine moderately or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 rpms as shown in your tachometer 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 After starting the disabled vehicle run both vehicle engines for an additional 142664 three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the Removing the Jumper Cabl discharged battery emoving the Jumper C es 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the as
30. reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guidein vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully Appendices WARNING Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away fromthe road and remove your hands from the wheel General Operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive base
31. s Manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent resistance During vehicle development we validate these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Introduction Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Manual that is provided to you along with your Owner s Manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNINGS Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury See Supplementary Restraints System page 39 Fr
32. steering acceleration or braking Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid excessive wheel slip Do not drive your vehicle in deep sand for an extended period of time This will cause the system to overheat A message will be displayed in the information display See General Information page 90 To resume operation switch the ignition off and allow the system to cool down for aminimum of 15 minutes After the system has cooled down a message will be displayed briefly in the information display See General Information page 90 When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures use a low gear when possible Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Four Wheel Drive it Equipped Avoid driving at excessive speeds this causes vehicle momentum to work against you and your vehicle could become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution Mud and Water Mud Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even four wheel drive vehicles can lose traction in slick mud If your vehicle does slide steer in the dir
33. Backup lamp 921 License plate lamp W5W High mount brake lamp LED Interior lamps LED To replace these lamps see your authorized dealer To replace all instrument panel lights see your authorized dealer 228 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Maintenance CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed See Capacities and Specifications page 264 For EcoBoost equipped vehicles When servicing the air cleaner it is important that no foreign material enter the air induction system The engine and turbocharger are susceptible to damage from even small particles Change the air filter element at the proper interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 420 Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used 1 6L and 2 0L EcoBoost Engines 1 Loosen the four fasteners and remove the air cleaner assembly lid Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 2 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 3 Wipe any dirt or debris from the air cleaner assembly to make sure no dirt gets in the engine an
34. Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Voice Control Volume This allows you to adjust the system s voice volume level Even with confirmation prompts turned off the system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings Media Player Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Media Player then select from the following Media player Autoplay When this feature is on the system automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection This allows you to listen to music during the indexing process When this feature is off the system does not automatically switch to the inserted media source Bluetooth Devices Index Bluetooth Audio Devices Select to connect disconnect add or delete a device You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically attempts to connect to that device at every ignition cycle When this feature is on the system automatically indexes media on your connected Bluetooth device Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 341 MyFord Touch it equipped Gracenote Database Info Media player This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database Gracenote Management With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplies metadata information for your music files This overrides information
35. Depending on the plan you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as Rental reimbursement Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires Roadside Assistance benefits There are several Ford Extended Service Plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs including reimbursement for towing and rental When you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan you receive added peace of mind protection throughout Canada and the United States provided by a network of participating authorized Ford Motor Company dealers Note Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford Extended Service Plan coverage This information is subject to change For more information visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www ford ca to find the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for you Scheduled Maintenance GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle base
36. Fade and Balance Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings When you make your selection press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings Press OK to set or press MENU to exit Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently N MEDIA Press to access LINE IN auxiliary input jack mode or CD or switch between both media sources O RADIO Press to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies Note You can operate your audio system E 3 for up to one hour after you switch off the AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH ignition Press the ON OFF control to AM FM CD SYNC operate the system with the ignition turned off The system automatically turns off after WARNING one hour Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 275 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Audio System E162867 A Eject Press this button to eject a CD B Cursor arrows Press these buttons to scroll through on screen audio system choices C OK Pr
37. Front power window without door control unit F17 20A Rear power outlet Fl 20A Center power outlet Fl 5A Anti lock brake system and electronic stability program 15 feed F20 15A Horn F21 5A Stop light switch F22 15A Battery monitor system F23 5A Relay coils F24 5A Light switch module F25 10A Power exterior mirror without door control unit F26 5A Keep alive power F27 15A Air conditioner clutch F28 10A Vehicle power fuel injector 2 5L engine F29 25A Rear window defroster Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 201 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F30 Not used F31 Not used F32 15A Vehicle power F33 10A Vehicle power 2 F34 10A Vehicle power 3 F35 15A Vehicle power 4 F36 5A Active grill shutters F37 10A Occupant classification sensor Passenger airbag deactivation indicator F38 5A Engine control module and transmission control module ignition feed F39 5A Daytime running lamps and headlamp control module ignition feed F40 5A Electronic power assist steering 15 feed F41 20A Body control module 15 feed F42 15A Rear wiper F43 15A Headlamp control module supply F44 15A Front fog daytime running lamps F45 Not used F46 40A Smart wiper motor modules F47 Not used F48 5A Keypad RI Not used R2 Micro relay Horn R3
38. If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA discs it is important to Understand how the system reads the structures you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than MP3 and WMA only files with the MP3 and WMA extension are played other files are ignored by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 273 In track mode the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all MP3 and WMA files play regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the MP3 and WMA files in the current folder AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH AM FM CD WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A Audio System E172881 A Eject Press to eject aCD B Cursor arrows Press to scroll through on screen audio system choices menus or other on scree
39. Make a selection and then press OK Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired phone Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select Return Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature You can only connect one device at a time When another phone is connected the previous one is disconnected 304 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing SYNC If Equipped Advanced The Advanced menu allows you to access perform a master reset insta application and view system 1 Press the phone button to enter the phone menu and set prompts languages defaults 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK Ll an 3 Scroll to Advanced Press OK nformation 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select You can Prompts Languages Get help from SYNC by using questions helpful hints or asking you for a specific action To turn these prompts on or off 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between On and Off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Choose between English Fran ais and Espa ol Once selected all of the radio displays and prompts are in the s
40. Set the control to high sensitivity and the wipers will turn on when the rain sensor detects a small amount of moisture on the windshield Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Keep the outside of the windshield clean The rain sensor is very sensitive Dirt or debris around the interior rear view mirror area will affect the autowipers performance For example the autowipers may turn on if dirt mist or insects hit the windshield WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat E168042 To operate the washers and spray the windshield pull the lever toward you When you release the lever the wipers will operate for a short time Wipers and Washers REAR WINDOW WIPER AND Rear Window Washer WASHERS Rear Window Wiper E168044 To use the rear washer function push the lever away from you When you release the E168043 lever the wiper will operate for a short time A Intermittent wipe B Low speed wipe C Off Press the top of the button at the end of the lever to switch on the intermittent wiper Press the button again to switch on low speed wipe Press the bottom of the button to switch the wiper off or to change the wiper speed from low speed to intermittent When you shift into R Reverse the rear wiper will turn on to intermittent if the front wipers are activated 73 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing
41. Trailer Brakes Trailer Lamps When Towing a Trailer Event Data Recording See Data RECOrdING cccsessesesesteeseseeeseeseeneees 9 Export Unique OPtiOns ceceeseeseeeeeeees 13 Extended Service Plan ESP m SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY aii SERVICE PLANS U S Only 418 Exterior Mirrors Blind Spot Monitor 82 Fold Away Exterior Mirrors Heated Exterior Mirrors Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors Memory MirrOrS ccccesceee Power Exterior Mirrors F Fastening the Safety Belts 32 How to Extract Safety Belts in the Rear Outboard POSITIONS cesses Safety Belt Extension Assembly e Safety Belt Locking MOdES cccsesseseeseees Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy 32 Ploor MattS icciccceetancisticctstraticncnencan 187 Index Fog Lamps Front See Front Fog Lamps Ford Credit U S Only Four Wheel Drive Principle of Operation Front Fog Lamps Front Passenger Sensing System Fuel and Refueling Fuel Consumption Calculating Fuel Economy Fuel Filter 219 Fuel Quality 132 Choosing the Right Fuel 132 Octane Recommendations Fuel Shutoff 190 E S E E 200 Fuse Specification Charrt cccccsceees 200 Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel 206 Passenger Compartment Fuse G Garage Door Opener See Universal Garage Door Opener Engine Coolant Temperature Gaug Fuel Gauge Informat
42. While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away From Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www fordowner com Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing These are some of the items that can be found online U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code Owner Manuals Maintenance Schedules Recalls Ford Extended Service Plans Ford Genuine A
43. You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law Letter Speed rating rating M 81 mph 130 km h N 87 mph 140 km h Q 99 mph 159 km h R 106 mph 171 km h S 112 mph 180 km h T 118 mph 190 km h U 124 mph 200 km h H 130 mph 210 km h V 149 mph 240 km h Wheels and Tires Letter rating W 168 mph 270 km h Y 186 mph 299 km h Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR Speed rating H U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires arecall M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season 244 Escape TM2 enUSA Fi
44. affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components BRAKE FLUID CHECK Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering EPS system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Note The front and rear washer systems are supplied from the same reservoir Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications page 264 State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system
45. against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 279 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Audio System E143843 A A B C D TUNE K SEEK pi 4 SOURCE SOUND TUNE Press this button to manually search through the radio frequency band ON OFF and VOL Press this button to switch the audio system off and on Turn to adjust the volume Eject Press this button to eject a CD SEEK Press this button to go to the next station up or down the radio frequency band or the next or previous track on a CD SOUND Press this button to adjust the sound settings for Bass Treble Balance and Fade SOURCE Press this button to access different audio modes such as AM FM and A V Input 280 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Audio System AUDIOUNIT VEHICLESWITH Note The CDslot is directly above the SONY AM FM CD touchscreen Note 7he MyFord Touch system controls WARNING most of the audio features See Entertainment page 347 Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend
46. airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or front airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage were not appropriate to activate these safety devices The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near frontal crashes not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration The safety belt pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal near frontal and side crashes The knee airbag s may deploy based on crash severity and occupant conditions The design of the side airbags is to inflate in certain side crashes The design of the Safety Canopy is to inflate in certain side impact crashes and when a certain likelihood of rollover is detected by the rollover sensor Side airbags and Safety Canopy airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation Supplementary Restraints System AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel 47 Escape TM2
47. allow The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNINGS After any vehicle crash the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt has the first type of locking mode and the front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passeng
48. an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased Children and Airbags WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child ina child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Supplementary Restraints System E142846 Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM WARNINGS Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained ina rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Sitting improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensin
49. become dangerous if you stop suddenly or have a crash POWER SEATS it Equipped WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver s seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving Adjusting your seatback while your vehicle is in motion may cause loss of control of your vehicle Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position E138647 Power Lumbar it equipped MEMORY FUNCTION it equipped r WARNINGS 2 Before activating the seat memory oye L make sure that the area immediately l surrounding the seat is clear of obstructions and that all occupants are clear of moving parts Do not use the memory function when your vehicle is moving This feature will automatically recall the position of the driver seat and power mirrors The memory control is located on the driver door You can save up to three memory position presets E138648 15 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Seats E142554 Saving a PreSet Position 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Adjust the seat and exterior mirrors to your desired position 3 Press and hold the desired memory button until you hear a single tone Recalling a Pre Set Position Press and release the memory button associated with your desired driving position The seat and mirrors will move to the position stored for that preset Note Pressing any driver seat control any of the memory buttons or any mirror co
50. cscesees 83 Motorcraft Parts 265 MyFord Touch 330 General Information MyFord Touch Troubleshooting MyKey Troubleshooting 56 MyKey oo ecccssscsesesssesssesessesssesnesssssesessseseasecees 53 Principle Of Ope ratiOn cccccesesesseseeeseseeeeees 53 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing NAVISATION L seeeeeeseseseeteseseseseeseeseteeseseseeeees cityseekr Navigation Map Updates Navigation Voice Commands Point of Interest POI Categories Quick touch Buttons Setting a Destination Setting Your Navigation Preferences 384 Normal Scheduled Maintenance Intelligent Oil Life Monitor 423 Normal Maintenance Intervals 424 Oil Check See Engine Oil CHECK csceeseeesteseeesteseeees 215 Opening and Closing the Hood 210 Closing the Hood wlll Opening the Hood Ordering Additional Owner s Literature senorna 198 Obtaining a French Owner s Manual i Overhead CONSOLE cccsccssesssesessessesesesseseees 124 P Parking AiG eiriaa Front Sensing System p Rear Sensing System Parking AiCS cccccscsesesesessesessessesteseeeees Parking Brake cccccescssessssessesessessseessseesesees Passive Anti Theft System ii SecuriLock PATS See Passive Anti Theft System 67 Perchlorate lt Personal Safety System How Does the Personal Safety System NW OIG 2 tenre a AE 38 Index Pairing Subsequent Phones Pair
51. in the media files provide information about the file If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in these metadata tags SYNC may classify the empty metadata tags as Unknown In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Bluetooth Audio Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle s speakers from your connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone MyFord Touch it equipped To access press the lower left D corner on the touchscreen then select the BT Stereo tab Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands If you are listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say Next song Pause Play or Previous song Ifyou are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button and after the tone say Next song Pause Play or Previous song A V Inputs WARNINGS Driving while distracted can result in l loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and
52. level is low or the fuel tank is nearly empty Refuel as soon as possible Low Tire Pressure Warning It will illuminate when your tire H pressure is low If the lamp remains on with the engine running or when driving check your tire pressure as soon as possible Instrument Cluster It will also illuminate momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on or begins to flash at any time have the system checked by your authorized dealer Parking Lamps Pe t will illuminate when you switch 0 0 the parking lamps on Service Engine Soon If the service engine soon indicator light stays illuminated after the engine is started it indicates that the On Board Diagnostics OBD II system has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emissions control system Refer to On Board Diagnostics OBD II in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information about having your vehicle serviced See Emission Control System page 136 If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately Note Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when th
53. place on the side of the road Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensors See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 255 Replace the spare tire witha road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have the authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death A If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road wheel and tire assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types Wheels and Tires 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS
54. portions together route the tongue locking mode grasp the shoulder through the child seat according to the portion of the belt and pull downward child seat manufacturer s instructions until all of the belt is pulled out Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted Note The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6 ig E142531 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear asnap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it E142533 22 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Child Safety 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight for example by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness o
55. replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again Wheels and Tires WARNINGS When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the wheel and tire assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing ata minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the wheel and tire assembly Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in af
56. tone prompts The system defaults to the standard interaction mode Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request For example the system may ask Phone is that correct If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and may ask you to confirm settings When you say The system Confirmation prompts off Makes a best guess from the command you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Confirmation prompts on Clarifies your voice command with a short question The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command When turned on it may prompt you with as many as four possibilities for clarification Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing For example say Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home You could also say Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe 294 SYNC If Equipped When you say The system Media candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the media candidate list The system may occasion ally ask you questions Media candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for media ca
57. trade names logos patent or copyright notices or other notices or markings d distribute sublicense or otherwise transfer the Telenav Software to others except as part of your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software or e use the Telenav Software in any manner that i infringes the intellectual property Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing or proprietary rights rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party ii violates any law statute ordinance or regulation including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming privacy consumer and child protection obscenity or defamation or iii is harmful threatening abusive harassing tortuous defamatory vulgar obscene libelous or otherwise objectionable and f lease rent out or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the Telenav Software without advanced written permission of Telenav 4 Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law in no event will Telenav its licensors and suppliers or agents or employees of any of the foregoing be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the Telenav Software Telenav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the Telenav Software Such data may not always reflect reality due to among other things road closures construction weather new roads and oth
58. vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 158 During operation lines appear in the display which represent your vehicle s path and proximity to objects behind your vehicle ASAAN amp oocooaxx X XXXX gt E142435 The camera is located on the luggage compartment door Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in reverse R Parking Aids The system uses three types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle Active guidelines Show the intended path of your vehicle when reversing Fixed guidelines Show the actual path your vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object behind you Centerline Helps align the center of your vehicle with an object for example a trailer Note f the transmission is in reverse R and the luggage compartment is ajar no rear view camera features will display Note When towing the camera only sees what is towed behind your vehicle This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen In some vehicles the guidelines may disappear once the trailer tow connector is engaged Note The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions Nighttime or dark areas i
59. vehicle The particulate filtration system gives you and your passengers the following benefits It improves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration It improves the interior compartment cleanliness It protects the climate control components from particle deposits Replace the filter at regular intervals See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter For more information about your filter see an authorized dealer REMOTE START it equipped The climate control system adjusts the cabin temperature during remote start Climate Control You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation Switch on the ignition to return the system to its previous settings You can now make adjustments You need to switch on certain vehicle dependent features such as Heated seats Heated mirrors Heated rear window You can adjust the settings using the information display controls See Information Displays page 90 Automatic Settings You can set the climate control to operate in AUTO mode through the information display setting Remote Start gt Climate Control gt Heater A C gt Auto The climate control system automatically sets the interior temperature to 72 F 22 C In hot weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C Cooled seats are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous sett
60. 2228 ses caeectons 291 General Information 291 SYNC TroubleShooting ccccccccseceseees 321 Tailgate See Manual Liftgate See Power Liftgate Technical Specifications See Capacities and Specification 264 The Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program U S OMly c ceecseeeees 196 Index TSC ANS cnr Bicectcictsuncinccninie 240 U Glossary of Tire TerMinOlogy ccccscseseeeee 24 Information About Uniform Tire Quality Under Hood Overview 1 6L GrACING sseessesssessssseeccsssnenttseeeeeeeceesessnnnnnstetes 240 ECOBOOSE S tecccsdssiidicsisstieersssserssssasgseeoneess 212 Information Contained on the Tire Under Hood Overview 2 0L SIGS Wall eranan niina Mates 242 ECOBOOStM i asticsti ind erences Temperature A B Cuueccccsessessessessessessteseeseeseses 24 Under Hood Overview 2 5L Traction AA A BC e Universal Garage Door Opener Treadwear HomeLink Wireless Control System Tire Pressure Monitoring System 255 VSB POM e Ore ont se ee EE Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Using Cruise Control Monitoring SYStOM ccceessesesesesesteseeeseees 256 Switching Cruise Control Off Understanding Your Tire Pressure Switching Cruise Control On Monitoring SYSTEM u ecsceesceseseseeseseseeeseens 256 Using Four Wheel Drive Tires Driving in Special Conditions With See Wheels and Tires Four Wheel Drive c cecccscssssesseessssessseseest
61. 3 After at least three to five tank fill Ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Calculate fuel economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons used For Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARNINGS Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 136 WARNINGS Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes 1 Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter that will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control compo
62. 5W20 OFS or 1 6L EcoBoost 20 Full Synthetic XO 5W20 QOSP Motor Oil or U S Engine oil 5 7 qt 5 4 L Motorcraft SAE 5W CXO 5W20 LFS12 or 2 5L 20 Premium CXO 5W20 LSP12 Synthetic Blend Canada Motor Oil WSS M2C945 A 5 9 7 qt 9 2 L Motorcraft Orange VC 3DIL B U S on Antifreeze Coolant CVC 3DIL B i Prediluted Canada Engine coolant 8 5 qt 8L WSS M97B44 D2 1 6L EcoBoost Engine coolant 9 2 qt 8 7 L 2 5L Windshield Fill as required Motorcraft Premium ZC 32 B2 U S washer fluid Windshield Washer WSS M14P19 A Concentrates U S Premium Quality CXC 37 A B D and Windshield Washer F Canada Fluid Canada WSS M14P19 A Fuel tank 15 5 gal 58 5 L A C refrigerant 1 5 lb 0 68 kg Motorcraft R 134a YN 19 U S CYN 1 6L EcoBoost Refrigerant 16 R Canada and 2 5L WSH MI17B19 A Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 269 Capacities and Specifications Item Capacity Ford part name or Ford part number equivalent Ford specification A C refrigerant 1 7 lb 0 76 kg 2 0L EcoBoost A C refrigerant 4 5 fl oz 133 ml Motorcraft PAG YN 12 D WSH compressor oil Refrigerant M1C231 B Compressor Oil Ford recommends using DOT 4 Low Viscosity LV High Performance Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS M6C65 A2 Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford performance standards Keep brake flu
63. 8 2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement Telenav retains all right title and interest in and to the Telenav Software including without limitation all related intellectual property rights No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to or shall be granted or conferred by implication statute inducement estoppel or otherwise and Telenav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement 8 3 By using the Telenav Software you consent to receive from Telenav all communications including notices agreements legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the Telenav Software collectively Notices electronically Telenav may provide such Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Notices by posting them on Telenav s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically you must discontinue your use of the Telenav Software 8 4 Telenav s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party s right to require performance at any time thereafter nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself 8 5 If any prov
64. An alternating warning sounds from the front and rear if there are objects at both bumpers that are closer than 10 inches 25 centimeters Parking Aids For specific information on the reverse sensing portion of the system refer to that section Paya OFF E142434 Press the button to switch the system off It will remain off for the entire ignition cycle The system can also be switched off through the information display ACTIVE PARK ASSIST it Equipped WARNING This system is designed to bea supplementary park aid It may not work in all conditions and is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is responsible for avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe distance and speed even when the system is in use Note The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers the vehicle into the space hands free while you control the accelerator gearshift and brakes The system visually and audibly instructs you to park the vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The system may not function correctly if something passes between the front bumper and the parking space i e a pedestrian or cyclist or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high from the ground i e a bus tow truck or flatbed truck Note The sensors m
65. Check fluid levels including coolant oil and gas to make sure there are no leaks and fluids are at recommended levels If you remove the battery clean the battery cable ends and inspect it 237 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues Wheels and Tires GENERAL INFORMATION Notice to utility vehicle and truck owners WARNINGS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from a rollover or other crash you must avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers drive at safe speeds for the conditions keep tires properly inflated never overload or improperly load your vehicle and make sure every passenger is properly restrained In arollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt All occupants must wear seat belts and children infants must use appropriate restraints to minimize the risk of injury or ejection Do not become overconfident in the ability of four wheel drive vehicles Although a four wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations it won t stop any faster than two wheel drive vehicles Always drive at a safe speed E145298 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the
66. Clean or replace blades as necessary Multi Point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems We recommend having the following multi point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great 422 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Multi Point inspection Accessory drive belt s Battery performance Hazard warning system operation Horn operation Engine air filter Radiator cooler heater and air conditioning hoses Exhaust system Suspension components for leaks or damage Exterior lamps operation Steering and linkage Fluid levels fill if necessary For oil and fluid leaks Tires including spare for wear and proper pressure Windshield for cracks chips or pits Half shaft dust boots Washer spray and wiper operation Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi point vehicle inspection It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle Your checklist gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Intelligent Oil Life Monitor Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil Life Monitor that determines
67. Data is used for any and all disputes claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder Government End Users If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government this Data is a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R FAR 2 101 is licensed in accordance with these End User Terms and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following Notice of Use and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER NAME HERE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER ADDRESS c o Nokia 425 West Randolph Street Chicago Illinois 60606 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 and is subject to these End User Terms under which this Data was provided 1987 2014 HERE All rights reserved Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing If the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data US Canada Territory A United States Data The End User Terms for any Applica
68. FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed Maintenance CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY WARNINGS Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners Keep batteries out of reach of T children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately 1 Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service Note f your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced N
69. First Printing Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components Causing internal damage to the components Affecting driveability emissions and reliability Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime the rear axle has been submerged in water Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant which is not normally checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or other axle repair is required TOWING POINTS Due to local market requirements in some countries some vehicles may be equipped with a recovery hook Recovery Hook Location If your vehicle is equipped with a screw in recovery hook it is located in the luggage compartment under the floor cover If your vehicle is not equipped witha recovery hook you can purchase one from your dealer Installing the Recovery Hook There is an installation point for the recovery hook located behind the fascia Note The screw in recovery hook has a left hand thread Turn it counterclockwise to install it Make sure that the recovery hook is fully tightened Towing TRANSPORTINGTHE VEHICLE E146284 Insert a suitable object to pry open the cover 1 Use the recessed notched portion of the cover Screw in the recovery hook 2 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Switch the ignition to the on position Failure to do so results in steering lock and non function of indicator and brake lamps Braking and steering efforts are
70. Information Displays Settings Language Choose your applicable setting Distance Choose your applicable setting Temperature Choose your applicable setting Chimes Park Slot On or Off Convenience Auto engine off On or Off Compass Display On or Off Remote Start Climate Control Heater A C Auto or Last Settings Front Defrost Automatic or Off Rear Defrost Automatic or Off Duration 5 10 or 15 minutes Quiet Start On Off Restore Default System Enable or Disable MyKey Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey Traction Ctrl Always On or User Selectable Max Speed 80 MPH 130 km h or Off Speed Warning 45 mph 75 km h 55 mph 90 km h 65 mph 105 km h or Off Volume Limiter On or Off Clear MyKeys Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys System Check TRIP COMPUTER All active warnings will display first if applicable The system check menu may Resetting the Trip Computer appear different based upon equipment options and current vehicle status Use the Press and hold OK on the current screen up down arrow buttons to scroll through to reset the respective trip distance time the list and average fuel information 92 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Information Displays Distance to E Indicates the approximate distance the vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in the tank Changes in driving pattern may cause the value to vary Trip Odometer
71. Information button Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 372 assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination After the route download is finished the phone call automatically ends If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Turn by turn directions appear in the information display in the status bar of your touchscreen system and onthe SYNC Services screen You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts When on an active route you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route Summary Turn List or the Route Status ETA You can also turn
72. Lighting LIGHTING CONTROL Headlamp Flasher Dd E162680 E142449 Pull the lever toward you slightly and A Off release it to flash the headlamps B Parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and AUTOLAMPS it Equipped tail lamps C Headlamps WARNING The autolamps switch position may High Beams not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions such as daytime fog Always ensure that your headlamps gt are switched to auto or on as appropriate during all low visibility conditions Failure to do so may result in a collision E162679 Push the lever forward to switch the high beams on Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off E142451 When the lighting control is in the autolamps position the headlamps automatically turn on in low light situations or when the wipers activate 74 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Lighting If equipped the following also activate when the lighting control is in the autolamps position and you switch them on in the information display Configurable daytime running lamps Automatic high beam control Adaptive headlamp control The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on See Information Displays page 90 Note With the headlamps in the autol
73. Maximum Load Dual lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle D Maximum Load Single lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle Information on T Type Tires T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire E142545 T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below A T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for temporary service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks B 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 246 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Wheels and Tires C 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall D D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire E 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase
74. Not used R4 Micro relay Front fog daytime running lamps R5 Not used R6 a Not used 202 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components R7 Not used R8 Power relay Delayed accessory relay R9 Not used RIO Mini relay Starter relay R11 Micro relay Air conditioner clutch R12 Power relay Cooling fan R13 Mini relay Heater blower R14 Mini relay Engine control relay R15 Power relay Heated rear window R16 Power relay Ignition 15 Mini fuses Cartridge fuses Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is on the right side below the glove box 203 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Fuses J j 4 4 5 i i j E129926 Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 20A Fuel pump supply Air mass meter Not used 5A Not used spare 5A Passive anti theft transceiver 10A Interior light Driver door switch pack Glove box light Overhead console switch bank 204 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F61 20A Cigar lighter Power point F62 5A Rain sensor module Auto dimming mirror F63 10A Not used spare F64 Not used F65 10A Liftgate release F66 20A Driver door unlock F67 7 5A SYNC Multifuncti
75. Note Allow the power system to open the liftgate after pressing the control Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system s obstacle detection feature and stops the power operation Closing a E138636 Press and release the button Locks WARNING Keep clear of the liftgate when activating the rear switch Setting the Liftgate Open Height 1 Open the liftgate 2 Manually move the liftgate to the desired height 3 Press and hold the control button on the liftgate until you hear a chime indicating programming is complete Note You cannot program the height if the liftgate position is too low The system recalls the new open liftgate height when the power liftgate is opened To change the programmed height repeat the above procedure Once you open the power liftgate you can manually move it to a different height When operating the power liftgate after you have programmed a lower height than full open you can fully open the liftgate by manually pushing it upward to the maximum open position Obstacle Detection When Closing The system stops when it detects an obstacle and two short tones sound Once you remove the obstacle you can power close the liftgate Note Entering your vehicle while the liftgate is closing can cause your vehicle to bounce and activate obstacle detection To prevent this let the power liftgate close completely before you enter your vehicle
76. Note Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out and an authorized dealer should check them If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking an authorized dealer should check your vehicle Note Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels even under normal driving conditions Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise See Cleaning the Alloy Wheels page 235 BRAKE oe a and O ndicators page 86 Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power If you experience this condition apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop Switch the engine off move the transmission to park P and apply the parking brake Inspect the accelerator pedal and the area around it for any items or debris that may be obstructing its movement If none are found and the condition persists have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 147 Emergency Brake Assist Emergency brake assist detects when you brake heavily by measurin
77. Note Some features such as SIRIUS satellite radio may not be available in your location Check with an authorized dealer Audio System E162869 A Eject Press this button to eject a CD B Cursor arrows Press these buttons to scroll through on screen audio system choices C OK Press this button to confirm menu selections D INFO Press this button to access any available radio or CD information E TUNE and TUNE Press these buttons to manually search the frequency band F Number block In radio mode store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns In CD mode select a track In phone mode enter a phone number G Clock Push to access clock settings You can also set the clock by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings H Function buttons Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in such as Radio mode or CD mode 278 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Audio System Sound Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade and Balance Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings When you make your selection press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings Press OK to set or press MENU to exit Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently J Seek Press and release these buttons to go to the
78. OK Scroll to select from the following options Send Text Message allows you to send anew text message based ona pre defined set of 15 messages Download Unread Msgs allows you to download your unread messages only to SYNC To download the messages press OK to select The display indicates that it is downloading your messages When it is complete SYNC takes you to your inbox Delete All Messages allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC not your phone To delete the messages press OK to select The display indicates when it is finished deleting all your text messages SYNC returns you to the text message menu Return exits the current menu when you press OK If you select Send Text Message 1 Press OK to select If the system detects your phone does not support this feature Unsupported appears in the display and SYNC returns to the main menu Scroll to cycle through the message options in the following chart SYNC If Equipped 3 Press OK when the desired selection is in the display 4 Enter the name of the recipient Scroll to cycle through Phonebook or Call History entries You can also select Enter Number to say the desired number 5 Press OK to enter the desired menu and scroll to select the specific contact 6 Press OK when the contact appears and press OK again to confirm when the system asks if you would like to send the message The system sends each text message wi
79. Pairing a Bluetooth phone Adding phonebook contacts or uploading phonebook contacts from a USB List entries are limited for phone contacts and recent phone call entries System Functionality Editing the keypad code Enabling Valet Mode Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch i equipped Restricted features Edi assist are active ting settings while the rear view camera or active park Wi Fi and Wireless Ed ing wireless settings it Edit ing the list of wireless networks Videos Photos and Graphics Playing video Edit ing the screen s wallpaper or adding new wallpaper Text Messages Composing text messages Viewing received text messages Editing preset text messages Navigation Using the keyboard to enter a destination Demo navigation route Adding or editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas E The cellular profile media device index Privacy Information and development log remain in your When you connect a cellular phone to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that links to that cellular phone This profile helps in offering you more cellular features and operating more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to th
80. Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user s authority to operate the equipment Auxiliary Power Points 12 Volt DC Power Point WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket if equipped Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note f you use this feature when the engine is not running then the battery discharges There may be insufficient power to restart your engine Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This damages the outlet and blows the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigar lighter element Note mproper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use Run the engine for full capacity use of the power
81. Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and the leave the engine idling for long periods of time we recommend that you do one of the following Open the windows at least 1 inch 2 5 centimeters Set your climate control to outside air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER ir Equipped WARNINGS Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged adapters There is a risk of electrical shock Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0 F 18 C Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt AC electrical source We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory UL or Canadian Standards Association CSA This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors in cold temperatures and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors This could result in an
82. The 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing You must pair and connect a Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone to SYNC Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or ina territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would trigger 911 Assist however SYNC tries to contact emergency services if 911 Assist triggers If a connected phone sustains damage or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call SYNC provides a short window of time approximately 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is a
83. The corners display any active modes within those menus such as phone status or the climate temperature Note Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving Note You can also directly access the Home screen and Information screen by pressing the Home house icon and Information I icon buttons on your steering wheel controls Note Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes after you switch the ignition off and no doors open PHONE Press to select any of the following Phone Quick Dial Phonebook History Messaging Settings NAVIGATION Press to select any of the following My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Edit Route Cancel Route CLIMATE Press to select any of the following Driver Settings Recirculated Air Auto Dual Passenger Settings A C Defrost SETTINGS Press to select any of the following Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help HOME Press to access your home screen Depending on your vehicle s option package and software your screens may vary in appearance from the descriptions in this section Your features may also be limited depending on your market Check with an authorized dealer for availability INFORMATION Press to select any of the following Services Trave
84. The front passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger frontal airbag should be enabled When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the passenger airbag status indicator will not illuminate If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger seat but the passenger airbag is disabled it is possible that the person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the full upright position Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 42 Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag If the passenger airbag status indicator lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat Note When the passenger airbag status indicator lamp is illuminated the passenger side airbag seat mounted may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important tha
85. The live operator can Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support 2 Follow the voice prompts to select your destination Once you select your destination the system uploads your current vehicle location calculates a route based on current traffic conditions and sends it back to your vehicle After the route download is complete the phone call automatically ends You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination 3 While onan active route you can select or say Route summary or Route status to view the Route Summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system sends a new route to your vehicle Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Goodbye from the SYNC Services main menu 31 SYNC If Equipped SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or
86. Using Snow ChAaiNS cccsccsescesesteseetesseeeeee 254 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 255 Changing a Road Wheel cceseseeecsees 258 Technical Specifications 262 Capacities and Specific ations Engine Specifications cccescsssseseceseees 264 Motorcraft Parts cccccsssesestesesteseseseeeees 265 Vehicle Identification Numbet 265 Vehicle Certification Label Transmission Code Designation 267 Technical Specifications 268 Audio System General INfoOrmatiOn ccccccseseeeseeeeesees 272 Audio Unit Vehicles With AM FM CD SYNC Satellite RAiO u cesses 277 Audio Unit Vehicles With Premium AM FMI CD E 279 Table of Contents Audio Unit Vehicles With Sony AM FM Special Operating Conditions Scheduled E D EEA ENE A ere enone Meer meses 281 MaintenanCe ssssssssssssnrsssrisrssrissnrsrenn Digital Radio Scheduled Maintenance Record Satellite Ral Oisiis ssss2 iesiseeisccameeenes 286 SYNC General INfOrmatiOn ccsccesseseeseeeees Using Voice Recognition Using SYNC With Your Phone SYNC Applications and Services 306 Using SYNC With Your Media FLAY E EEEE E E E eens 313 SYNC TroubleShooting cccscccseseseees 321 MyFord Touch General INfOrMatiOn y ccccceceseeseeesesesees 330 S ENET AAS ENEE E 337 EntertainMe nt ccccccesessesesssssesesesesesseesees 347 Navi
87. WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not Exceed 50 mph 80 km h Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label Tow a trailer Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at atime Use commercial car washing equipment Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following Handling stability and braking performance Comfort and noise Ground clearance and parking at curbs Winter weather driving capability Wet weather driving capability All wheel driving capability 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly do not Exceed 70 mph 113 km h Use more than one dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly at a time Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Use commercial car washing equipment Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly The usage of a full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly can lead to impairment of the following Handling stability and braking performance Comfort and noise Ground clearance and parking at curbs Winter weather driving capabil
88. a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back E151127 The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of Driver and passenger airbag modules Front passenger sensing system ee amp Crash sensors and monitoring Ww system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 46 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Proper Driverand Front Passenger Seating Adjustment WARNING National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 centimeters between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module To properly position yourself away from the airbag Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if
89. battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some engine control settings are maintained by power from the low voltage battery Some engine computer settings like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy optimize the driveability and performance of the engine Some other computer settings like the clock and radio station Maintenance presets are also maintained in memory by power from the low voltage battery When a technician disconnects and connects the low voltage battery these settings are erased Complete the following procedure in order to restore the settings 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Shift the transmission into P 3 Turn off all accessories 4 Step on the brake pedal and start the vehicle 5 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature While the engine is warming up complete the following Reset the clock See Audio System page 272 Reset the power windows bounce back feature See Windows and Mirrors page 79 Reset the radio station presets See Audio System page 272 6 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute If the engine turns off step on the accelerator to start the engine 7 While the engine is running step on the brake pedal and shift the transmission to N 8 Allow the engine to run for at least one minute by pressing on th
90. been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 133 When filling the vehicle s fuel tank from a portable fuel container use the funnel included with the vehicle The funnel is located in the rear of the vehicle inside the load compartment underneath the load floor carpet 1 Locate the portable funnel that comes with your vehicle E157279 2 Slowly insert the funnel into the capless fuel system E157280 3 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container When done clean the funnel or properly dispose of it Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel 4 Fuel and Refueling REFUELING WARNINGS Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling Wait at least 10 seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank Sto
91. belt for the driver or front passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and more than 1 2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on The Belt Minder feature activates the safety belt warning light illuminates and a warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about 5 minutes or until you and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts 36 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Safety Belts Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature WARNING While the system allows you to deactivate it this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may use your vehicle Note The driver and front passenger warnings switch on and off independently When you perform this procedure for one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure Before following the procedure make sure that The parking brake is set The transmission is in park P The ignition is off The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled 1 Switch the ignition on Do not start the engine 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off about one minute After Step 2 wait an add
92. brake bulb by turning the bulb socket counterclockwise Gently pull the bulb straight out of the socket Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing Reverse Lamp Assembly For bulb replacement see your authorized dealer Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb E72789 1 Carefully release the spring clip 2 Remove the lamp 3 Remove the bulb Reverse steps to reinstall bulb Replacing High Mount Brake Lamp Bulb Your vehicle is equipped with an LED center high mount stop lamp located in the spoiler It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required see your authorized dealer Maintenance BULB SPECIFICATION CHART North America to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern Replacement bulbs are specified in the and safe visibility The correct bulbs will chart below Headlamp bulbs must be not damage the lamp assembly or void the marked with an authorized D O T for lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time Function Trade number Headlamps high beam Halogen 9O05LL Headlamps high beam HID H1 Headlamp low beam Halogen HTILL Headlamp low beam HID D3S Sidemarker front 168 Park lamp front HI Series WY5W Park lamp front Low Series 194 Turn lamp front HI Series WY21IW Turn lamp front Low Series W21W Fog lamps H10 9145 Tail brake lamp 3157K Turn lamp rear T20
93. brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clear coat finish over a period time Note Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergents Note f you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish To maintain their condition we recommend that you Clean the wheels weekly using Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Apply using manufacturer s instructions Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30 days or more read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition Vehicle Care We engineer and test all motor vehicles and their components for reliable regular driving Under various conditions long term storage may lead to degraded engine performance or failure unless you use specific precautions to preserve engine components General Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated pl
94. button to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle Fast Restart The fast restart feature allows you to restart the engine within 20 seconds of switching it off even if a valid key is not present Within 20 seconds of switching the engine off press the brake pedal and press the button After 20 seconds have expired you can no longer restart the engine without the key present inside your vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Once the engine has started it remains running until you press the button even if the system does not detect a valid key If you open and close a door while the engine is running the system searches for a valid key You cannot restart the engine if the system does not detect a valid key within 20 seconds Failure to Start If you cannot start the engine after three attempts wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Start the engine Automatic Engine Shutdown If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition it has a feature that automatically shuts down the engine if it has been idling for an extended period The ignition also turns off in order to save battery power Before the engine shuts down a message appears in the information display showing a timer counting down from 30 seconds If you do not intervene within 30 seconds the engine shuts down Another message appears in the
95. door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator toward you again or switching the ignition on Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 76 DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS ir Equipped WARNING The daytime running lamps system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions Also the autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions such as daytime fog Always ensure that your headlamps are switched to auto or on as appropriate during all low visibility conditions Failure to do so may result in a collision Type 1 Conventional Non Configurable When you switch the ignition to the on position and the lighting control is in the off auttolamps or parking lamp position the daytime running lamps will turn on whenever the headlamps are off They turn off only when the headlamps are on Type 2 Configurable Note f this type is equipped you are able to switch the daytime running lamps on or off using the information display controls See Information Displays page 90 When the daytime running lamps are switched on in the information display and you switch the ignition to the on position with the lighting control in the autolamps position the daytime running lamps turn on whenever the headlamps are off The other lighting control switch p
96. e fornita dalla Regione Toscana Norway Copyright 2000 Norwe gian Mapping Authority Portugal Source IgeoE Portugal Appendices Spain Informaci n geogr fica Product incorporates data which is propiedad del CNIG 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited GM Holden Limited Intelematics Australia Sweden Based upon electronic data Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd National Land Survey Sweden B Third Party Notices for Australia In i a f addition to the foregoing the End User Switzer Topografische Grundlage Terms for any Application containing land Bundesamt f r Landestopo RDS TMC Traffic Codes for Australia graphie shall contain the following notice E Respective Country Distribution Client Product incorporates traffic location codes which is 20XX Telstra Corpora acknowledges that HERE nasa tion Limited and its licensors received approvals to distribute map data for the following countries in such respective countries Albania Belarus Gracenote Copyright Kyrgyzstan Moldova and Uzbekistan HERE may update such list from time to time The license rights granted to Client under this TL with respect to the Data for such countries are contingent upon Client s compliance with all applicable laws and regulations including without limitation any required licenses or approvals to distribute the Application incorporating such Data in such respective countries CD and mu
97. fractures or other injuries Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Several airbag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation as this may result in serious injury If the airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags do not inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag Note You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys This is normal The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to
98. from packed dirt Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to clean plastic parts For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car s paint from the elements We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year When washing and waxing park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight Always wash your vehicle before applying wax Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 232 Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives Follow the manufacturer s instructions to apply and remove the wax Apply a small amount of wax ina back and forth motion not in circles Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time Roof racks Bumpers Grained door handles Side moldings Mirror housings Windshield cowl area Do not apply wax to glass areas After waxing your car s paint should feel smooth and be free of streaks and smudges CLEANING THE ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage Do not spray a hot engine with c
99. high if the engine is not running Maintain increased stopping distances E143886 If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly or by any other means Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle 184 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Towing It is acceptable to have your front wheel drive vehicle towed from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground When towing in this manner the rear wheels can remain on the ground Front wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment This prevents damage to the transmission Towing a four wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment This prevents damage to the transmission four wheel drive system and vehicle TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emerge
100. in order to aim the headlamp 6 Close the hood and turn off the lamps Horizontal Aim Adjustment Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is non adjustable REMOVING A HEADLAMP E142468 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and open the hood 2 Remove the two screws from the headlamp assembly Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 3 Carefully pull the headlamp assembly as far as possible towards the front of the vehicle to disengage it from the lower fixing point 4 Carefully lift the outer side of the headlamp and remove it 5 Disconnect the electrical connector CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly Condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be anatural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are Water puddle inside the lamp La
101. is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving Store the portable music player ina secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving wv a LINE IN ez gt E149149 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones Your audio extension cable must have male 1 8th inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at each end 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P 2 Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack 3 Switch the radio on Select either a tuned FM station or a CD 4 Adjust the
102. it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s manual and visit the website Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Put the transmission in park P Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Press the Phone corner of the touchscreen gt Settings gt BT Devices gt Add Device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessary Note Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s manual and visit the website Making Calls Press the voice button on your us s
103. less but not moving and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less The system can be switched off through the information display If a fault is present in the system a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow the driver to switch the faulted system on Front Sensing System The front sensors are active when the gearshift is in any position other than P Park or N Neutral and the vehicle speed is below 6 mph 10 km h 153 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing A x o vIr aa A E130382 A Coverage area of up to 27 inches 70 centimeters from the front of the vehicle and about 14 inches 35 centimeters to the side of the front end of the vehicle Refer to the reverse sensing section for details on coverage area The system sounds an audible warning when obstacles are near either bumper in the following manner Objects detected by the front sensors are indicated by a high pitched tone from the front radio speakers Objects detected by the rear sensors are indicated by a lower pitched tone from the rear radio speakers The sensing system reports the obstacle which is closest to the front or rear of the vehicle For example if an obstacle is 24 inches 60 centimeters from the front of the vehicle and at the same time an obstacle is only 16 inches 40 centimeters from the rear of the vehicle the lower pitched tone sounds
104. lighting Press C again to switch off the interior lamps and return the ambient lighting to the previously selected color The ambient lighting will switch on when the following conditions have been met you switch the ignition on you switch the headlamps on The ambient lighting will remain on until you switch the ignition off and one of the following conditions have been met you lock your vehicle the accessory delay timer expires 78 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS WARNINGS Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings E70848 Press the control to open the window Lift the control to close the window Note You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise One Touch Down if Equipped Press the control fully and release it Press again or lift it to stop the window One Touch U P If Equipped Lift the control fully and release it Press or lift it again to stop the window Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Window Lock E70850 Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls It lights when the rear
105. locations Sports Info Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress Ski Conditions Touch this button to view ski conditions for aspecific area Sirius Travel Link Voice Commands Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK 5 day weather forecast Fuel prices Movie listings Sports headlines Sports schedules Sports scores Traffic MyFord Touch it equipped SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK Weather Weather map Help If you say Sports headlines Sports schedules or Sports scores you can then say any of the commands in the following chart Sports related commands Baseball College basketball College football Golf MLS My teams NBA NFL NHL WNBA Help Additional sports related voice commands Baseball headlines Baseball schedule Baseball scores College basketball headlines College basketball schedule Additional sports related voice commands College football headlines College football schedule College football scores Golf headlines Gol
106. lubricate the bag or sodium compounds for example baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact witha deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required Supplementary Restraints System DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS WARNINGS Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place
107. m ea m F me E yenueW s 1 3UMO JdV JSF SLOZ FSC MIX Paper FSC C102270 FJ5J 19A321 AA The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored ina retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted Ford Motor Company 2014 All rights reserved Part Number 20140703210941 Table of Contents Introduction About This Manual esessessecessecsessssseeseeeees 7 Symbols Glossary Data Recording s ia California Proposition 65 0 0 1 P rCHlOLate eecsecsessessesssessessessesesseeseeseeseeseeseees 1 Ford Ol 10 Weeeeyeeeeee R RRE Tl Replacement Parts RECOMMENCALION ccsecsesseesessesseesseeseeseees 1 Special NOtices cccccccscscssesessesessesesseseeseens 12 Mobile Communications EQUIPMENT kaiaren 12 Export Unique OPtiOns c cceeseseeeeeseseees 13 Ata Glance PEt SLAM CO issn 14 Child Safety General INfOrMatiOn cccccesseseeeeseeeeeeeees 19 Installing Child S ats cccesceesseseseeseseees 20 Booster Seats Child Seat POSitioning cccceseeseseseseees 28 Child Safety LOCKS cccsccssssesecseseseseesesees 29 Saf
108. malfunction Contact your authorized dealer Alarm Message Message Action Indicator Alarm activated Check Amber Displays when the alarm has been triggered Vehicle due to unauthorized entry See Anti Theft Alarm page 68 Alarm fault Service required Displays when the system requires service due to a malfunction Contact your authorized dealer Automatic Engine Shutdown Message Message Action Indicator Engine Shuts Off For Displays when the engine has shut off to help Fuel Economy increase fuel economy Engine Shuts Off in XX Seconds OK to Override Displays when the engine is getting ready to shut off You can press OK on the left steering wheel button to override the shut down Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 94 Information Displays Battery and Charging System Message Message Action Indicator Electrical system over Red Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so voltage Stop safely and switch off the ignition Contact your authorized dealer Battery low See manual Amber Displays to warn of a low battery condition Turn off all unneeded electrical accessories Contact your authorized dealer Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System Message Message Action Indicator BLIS Low visibility See Amber Displayed when the blind spot information manual system and cross traffic alert system sensors are block
109. md x map to mute route guidance When the light on the button illuminates the feature is on The speaker button appears on the map only when route guidance is active Re center the map by pressing g this icon whenever you scroll the map away from your vehicle s current location Auto Zoom Press the green bar to access map mode then select the or zoom button to bring up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the touchscreen When you press Auto Auto Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the bottom left corner of the screen in the map scale The map zoom level then synchronizes with vehicle speed The slower your vehicle is traveling the farther the map zooms in the faster your vehicle is traveling the farther the map zooms out To switch off the feature just press the or button again In 3D mode rotate the map view by swiping your finger across the shaded bar with the arrows MyFord Touch it equipped The ETA box under the zoom buttons appears when a route is active and displays the distance and time to your destination If the button is pressed a pop up appears with the destination listed and waypoint if applicable along with mileage and time to destination You may also select to have either the estimated time toreach your destination or your estimated arrival time Map Icons Vehicle mark shows the current location of your vehicle It stays in the center of the map display except when in scro
110. menu the phone menu or by using voice commands Once an app is running through AppLink you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing To Access Using the Phone Menu 1 Press the phone button to access the SYNC phone menu on screen 2 Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app 4 Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu 5 Select SYNC Media by pressing OK 6 Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up and Thumbs down For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com SYNC If Equipped To Access Using the Media Menu 1 Press the AUX button on the center console 2 Press MENU to access the SYNC menu 3 Select SYNC Media by pressing OK 4 Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications 5 Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app 6 Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scro
111. new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver door Inflating Your Tires Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns WARNING A Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under
112. of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation and if your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB You are not bound by the decision and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute and decision are admissible in the court action Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that w
113. or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control system helps you keep control of your vehicle when on a slippery surface The electronic stability control portion of the system helps avoid skids and lateral slides and roll stability control helps avoid a vehicle rollover The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction See Using Traction Control page 149 E72903 A Vehicle without AdvanceTrac with RSC skidding off its intended route B Vehicle with AdvanceTrac with RSC maintaining control ona slippery surface Stability Control USING STABILITY CONTROL AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control RSC The system automatically activates when you start your vehicle The AdvanceTrac with RSC system cannot be completely turned off but the electronic stability control and roll stabi of the system are dis ity control portions abled when the transmission is in position R You can turn off the traction contr system independent ol portion of the y See Using Traction Control
114. or removing the device s battery then trying again Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website The system says Phonebook Downloaded but the phonebook in SYNC is empty or missing contacts Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing This may be a limitation on your phone s capability 321 Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card try moving them to the device memory Remove any pictures or special ring tones associ ated with the missing contact SYNC If Equipped Phone issues Possible cause s Possible solution s Depending upon your phone you may have to grant SYNC permission to access your phonebook contacts Make sure to confirm when prompted by your phone during the phonebook download am having trouble connecting my phone to SYNC This is a phone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Try deleting your device from SYNC deleting SYNC from your device and trying again Check the security and auto accept and prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone Update your
115. or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Note f your vehicle is equipped with MyKey it is possible to prevent turning the sensing system off See MyKey page 53 The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of the bumper area The system turns on automatically whenever the ignition is switched on When receiving a detection warning the radio volume is reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio volume returns to the previous level Rear Sensing System The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in R Reverse As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle the rate of the audible warning increases When the obstacle is fewer than 12 inches 30 centimeters away the warning sounds continuously If a stationary or receding object is detected farther than 12 inches 30 centimeters from the side of the vehicle the tone sounds for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the warning sounds again Parking Aids Kas Nas ey A E130178 A Coverage area of up to 6 feet 1 8 meters from the rear bumper There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in R Reverse and moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or
116. or the headliner on a vehicle containing curtain airbags as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Supplementary Restraints System WARNINGS All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system and curtain airbag is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the curtain airbag If the curtain airbags have deployed the curtain airbags will not function again The curtain airbags including the A B and C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the curtain airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The Safety Canopy will deploy during significant side crashes or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner above each row of seats In certain sideways crashes or rollover events the Safety Canopy will be activated regardless of which seats are occupied The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events
117. page 149 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 151 Parking Aids PARKING AID If Equipped WARNINGS To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section Sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Traffic control systems inclement weather air brakes and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system this may include reduced performance or a false activation To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the sensing system This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system may create false beeps Note Keep the sensors located on the bumper or fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt If the sensors are covered the system s accuracy can be affected Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects Note f your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia leaving it misaligned
118. pedal start the vehicle and release the parking brake Note See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear 141 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Four Wheel Drive it Equipped PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION This system is a proactive system It has the ability to anticipate wheel slip and transfer torque to the rear wheels before slip occurs Even when wheel slip is not present the system is continuously making adjustments to the torque distribution in an attempt to improve straight line and cornering behavior both on and off road The system automatically turns on every time you switch the ignition on All components of the system are sealed and do not require maintenance USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE Note When a system malfunction is present a warning message will be displayed in the information display See General Information page 90 This means the system is not functioning correctly an
119. phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 365 Pairing Your Phone for the First Time WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 1 The first thing you must do to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone with SYNC This allows you to use your phone in a hands free manner Note Put the transmission in park P Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen Find SYNC appears on the screen and instructs you to begin the pairing process from your device Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessary MyFord Touch i equipped Note Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If prompted to enter a PIN on your device
120. point To prevent the battery from discharging Donotuse the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is in park P for extended periods of time Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 122 Locations You may find power points On the center console Inside the center console storage bin On the rear of the center console 12V or 110V AC In the rear cargo area 110 Volt AC Power Point i equipped WARNING Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use Do not use any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point since it will defeat the safety protection design Doing so may cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury Note The power point turns off when you switch the ignition off or the battery voltage drops below 11 volts You can use the power point for powering electrical devices that require up to 150 watts The power point is on the rear of the center console E143941 Auxiliary Power Points When the indicator light located on the power point is On the power point is working the ignition is on and a device is plugged in Off the power point and ignition are off and you do not have a device plugged in Flashing the power poi
121. power door lock control all doors will lock then unlock if the ignition is on Autolock If Equipped The autolock feature will lock all the doors when all doors are closed the ignition is on you shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion and your vehicle attains a speed greater than 4 mph 7 km h Autounlock If Equipped The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when the ignition is on all the doors are closed and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 4 mph 7 km h your vehicle comes to a stop and you switch the ignition off or to accessory and you open the driver door within 10 minutes of the switching the ignition off or to accessory Note The doors will not autounlock if you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off and before you open the driver door Locks Enabling or Disabling Autolock and Autounlock Note Your authorized dealer can perform this procedure or you can do the procedure yourself To enable or disable these features do the following Note You will have 30 seconds to complete the procedure 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Press the power door unlock button three times 3 Switch the ignition off 4 Press the power door unlock button three times 5 Switch the ignition on The horn will sound indicating your vehicle is in programming mode Autolock Press the power door unlock button then
122. previous or next preset radio station or disc track Press and hold these buttons to fast forward to the previous or next strong radio station memory preset or through the current disc track K ON OFF Press this button to switch the system off and on Turn to adjust the volume L MENU Press this button to access different audio system features See Menu Structure later in this section M PHONE Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system See SYNC page 291 N MEDIA Press this button to switch between listening to a CD and the SYNC Media menu To change the SYNC Media device such as switching from a device plugged into the USB port to a Bluetooth audio device press MENU and scroll to Select Source O SIRIUS Press this button to listen to SIRIUS satellite radio P RADIO Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions Note The CD slot is directly above the AUDIOUNIT VEHICLESWITH OVchscreen Note The MyFord Touch system controls PREMIUM AM FM CD most of the audio features See MyFord Touch page 330 WARNING Driving while distracted can result in LA loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend
123. re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Touch this button to have the system alert you when your phone is in roaming mode Phone Voice Commands Press the voice button on the us steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands PHONE Call Call lt name gt Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work Call lt name gt on cell Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 369 PHONE Call lt name gt on other Call voicemail Dial Do not disturb off Do not disturb on Forward text messages Go to hands free Hold call off Hold on Join calls Listen to text message lt gt Listen to text messages Messages Mute call Pair phone Privacy on Read text message Reply to text messages Turn ringer off Turn ringer on MyFord Touch i equipped PHONE MESSAGES Unmute call Help Call Forward text messages This command is only available during an Listen to text message lt gt active call If you say Messages see the following Listen to text messages Messages chart for additional Reply to text messages commands Help INFORMATION E161889
124. s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Wheels and Tires The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference t
125. safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders that intermittently sound a tone and illuminate the safety belt warning light when you are in the driver seat or you have a front seat passenger and a safety belt is unbuckled The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects you place in the front passenger seat only the front seat passengers receive warnings as determined by the front passenger sensing system If the Belt Minder warnings expire warnings for about five minutes for one passenger driver or front passenger the other passenger can still cause the Belt Minder feature to turn on If Then You and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts before you switch the ignition on or less than 1 2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on The Belt Minder feature will not activate You or the front seat passenger do not buckle your safety belts before your vehicle reaches at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on The Belt Minder feature activates the safety belt warning light illuminates and a warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about 5 minutes or until you and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts The safety
126. select and enter the menu Scroll to select from Mileage Intervals Press OK Scroll to select between 5000 7500 or 10000 mile intervals and press OK to make your selection Return Press OK to exit the menu Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle s diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it combines with scheduled maintenance information open recalls and other field service actions and vehicle inspec tion items that still need servicing from an authorized dealer Run Report Return Exit the current menu You must first turn this feature on before you can select the desired mileage interval SYNC Services Traffic Directions Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing amp Information TDI If Equipped Unites St
127. shift out of position Never place floor mats or any other covering in the vehicle foot well that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle Never place floor mats or any other covering on top of already installed floor mats Floor mats should always rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and not another floor mat or other covering Additional floor mats or any other covering will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation Driving Hints WARNINGS Check attachment of floor mats on a regular basis Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or replacement Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot well while the vehicle is moving Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control Failure to properly follow floor mat installation or attachment instructions can potentially cause interference with pedal operation causing a loss of vehicle control fi t To install floor mats position the floor mat so that the eyelet is over the retention post and press down to lock in To remove the floor mat reverse the installation procedure E142666 188 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold inthe United States Getting Roa
128. such as when using a car hauling trailer Otherwise you cannot recreational tow your vehicle Driving Hints BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early Do not labor the engine Do not tow during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers ECONOMICAL DRIVING Your fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle You may improve your fuel economy by keeping these things in mind Accelerate and slow down inasmooth moderate fashion Drive at steady speeds without stopping Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving Close the windows for high speed driving Drive at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 15 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size Use the recommended engine oil Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Avoid these actions they reduce your fuel economy Sudden accelerations or hard accelerations Revving the engine before turning it off Idle for peri
129. the lock button The horn will sound once if disabled or twice one short and one long if enabled Autounlock Press the power door lock button then the unlock button The horn will sound once if disabled or twice one short and one long if enabled After programming the feature switch the ignition off The horn will sound once indicating programming is complete Note You can enable or disable the autounlock feature independently of the autolock feature Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote entry system Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if you start your vehicle you press the remote control lock button or after 25 seconds of illumination The lights will not turn off if you turn them on with the lamp control or any door is open Illuminated Exit The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when all doors are closed and you switch the ignition off The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and 25 seconds elapse or you lock your vehicle from the outside Battery Saver If you leave the courtesy lamps or dome lamps on and switch the ignition off the battery saver shuts them off after some time Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped If you leave the ignition on after leaving your v
130. the outside handle With the Remote Control VA Press the button twice within 2x E three seconds Closing the Liftgate E155976 A handle is located inside the liftgate to help with closing 62 Locks POWER LIFTGATE it Equipped WARNINGS It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury Keep keys out of reach of children Do not allow children to play near an open or moving power liftgate Note Cycling the ignition while the liftgate is power closing and is near the latch may cause the liftgate to reverse to full open position Make sure that you close the liftgate before operating or moving the vehicle especially in an enclosure like a garage or a parking structure You could damage the liftgate or its components Note Do not hang any
131. tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association B 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width D R Indicates a radial type tire E 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter F 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your owner s manual If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 243 G H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note
132. to browse When prompted see the following Browse chart These commands are only available in USB mode and are device dependent MyFord Touch it equipped BROWSE Album lt name gt All albums BROWSE TV show lt name gt Video lt name gt All artists All audiobooks Video playlist lt name gt All authors Video podcast lt name gt All composers Help All folders All genres All movies All music videos All playlists All podcasts All songs All TV shows All video playlists All video podcasts All videos Artist lt name gt Audiobook lt name gt Author lt name gt Composer lt name gt Folder lt name gt Genre lt name gt Playlist lt name gt Podcast lt name gt Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing This command is only available in USB mode and is device dependent Supported Media Players Formats and Metadata Information SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune plays from device players and most USB drives Supported audio formats include MP3 WMA WAV and AAC It is also able to organize your indexed media from your playing device by metadata tags Metadata tags which are descriptive software identifiers embedded
133. to be drained the system to be flushed or the engine coolant to be replaced When the engine is cold check the concentration and level of the engine coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information See Scheduled Maintenance page 420 Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark Note f the level is at the MIN mark below the MIN mark or empty add coolant immediately See Adding Engine Coolant in this chapter The coolant concentration should be maintained within 48 to 50 which equates to a freeze point between 30 F 34 C and 34 F 37 C Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Robinair Coolant and Battery Refractometer 75240 We do not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Maintenance Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Adding Engine Coolant Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine s cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the war
134. to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel M Maximum Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires Note 7 ire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire E142544 LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below A LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for service on light trucks B Load Range and Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits Wheels and Tires C
135. to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced However if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Properly care for safety belts See Vehicle Care page 231 37 Personal Safety System The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations The Vehicle Personal Safety System consists of Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints Front seat outboard safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors Driver seat position sensor Front passenger sensing system Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp Front crash severity sensors Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors Restraint system warning light and backup tone The electrical wiring for t
136. use with headphones and that it is fully charged You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at one end and a RCA jack at the other 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P 2 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end into the adapter in one of the two left A V input jacks white or red inside the center console MyFord Touch i equipped 3 Press the lower left corner on the Troubleshooting touchscreen Select either a tuned FM a station or a CD if there is a CD already Do not connect the audio input jack to loaded into the system a line level output The jack only works f correctly with devices that have a 4 Adjust the volume as desired headphone output with a volume 5 Turn the portable music player on and control adjust the volume to 1 2 the maximum Do not set the portable music player s 6 Press the lower left corner on the volume level higher than is necessary touchscreen Select the A V In tab to match the volume of the CD or FM You should hear audio from your radio as this causes distortion and portable music player although it may reduces sound quality be low If the music sounds distorted at lower 7 Adjust the sound on your portable listening levels turn the portable music music player until it reaches the leve
137. volume as desired 5 Switch your portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level 6 Press MEDIA until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display You should hear music from your device even if it is low 7 Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls USB PORT if Equipped J t LINE IN E149148 Audio System The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks and charge devices if supported See SYNC page 291 MEDIA HUB it Equipped The media hub is located in the center console and has the following features OOO M ce A A V inputs B SD card slot C USB ports See MyFord Touch page 330 290 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing SYNC If Equipped GENERAL INFORMATION Powered by Microsoft E142598 SYNC is an in vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone and portable media player This allows you to Make and receive calls Access and play music from your portable music player Use 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information Access phonebook contacts and music using voice commands Stream music from your connected phone Text mes
138. weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods MP3 and WMA Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks and folder structures work as follows There are two different modes for MP3 and WMA disc playback MP3 and WMA track mode system default and MP3 and WMA folder mode MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 and WMA disc The player numbers each MP3 and WMA track on the disc noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension from TOO to a maximum of T255 The maximum number of playable MP3 and WMA files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present Audio System MP3 and WMA folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension and all folders containing MP3 and WMA files from FOO folder TOO track to F253 T255 Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files
139. with the moonroof or leave them unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves When closing the moonroof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the roof opening The moonroof and sunscreen controls are located on the overhead console The moonroof and sunscreen have a one touch open and close feature To stop them during one touch operation press the control a second time Opening and Closing the Sunscreen E ii E138668 Press and release the rear of the control to open the sunscreen Press and release the front of the control to close the sunscreen If it is open the moonroof will automatically close before the sunscreen closes Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Opening and Closing the Moonroof E138669 Press and release the rear of the control to open the moonroof If it is closed the sunscreen will automatically open before the moonroof opens The moonroof will stop short of the fully opened position Note This position helps to reduce wind noise or rumbling which may happen with the moonroof fully open Press and hold the control again to fully open the moonroof Press and release the front of the control to close the moonroof Bounce Back The moonroof will stop automatically while closing It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Press and hold the front of the contr
140. you can then say any command in the following Destination chart If you say Navigation you can then say any command in the following Navigation chart DESTINATION lt nametag gt lt POI category gt Favorites Home Intersection Nearest lt POI category gt Nearest POI Play nametags 389 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Show heading up POI category Show map Previous destination Show north up Street address Show route Help Show turn list NAVIGATION Destination Zoom city Zoom country Zoom minimum Zoom maximum Zoom province Zoom state Zoom street Zoom to lt distance gt Help If you say Destination you can then say any command in the Destination chart One shot Destination Street Address When you say either Navigation destination street address or Destination street address the system asks you to say the full address The system displays an example on screen You can then speak the address naturally such as One two three four Main Street Anytown MyFord Touch if equipped MYFORD TOUCH TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use However should questions arise see the tables below Use the website at any time to check your phone s compatibility register your account and set preferences as well as a
141. you need to use cables it is recommended that steel wheels of the same size and specifications be used as cables may chip aluminum wheels Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and traction devices If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle Purchase chains or cables froma manufacturer that clearly labels body to tire dimension restrictions Use 10 mm cables or chains only on front axle with 235 55R17 tires Not all S class snow chains or cables meet these restrictions Chains of this size restriction will include a tensioning device The snow chains or cables must be mounted in pairs on the front axle Do not use chains or cables on 235 50R18 and 235 45R19 tires Install cables securely verifying that the cables do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines Wheels and Tires When driving with tire cables do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h or the maximum speed recommended by the chain manufacturer whichever is less Drive cautiously If you hear the cables rub or bang against the vehicle stop and retighten them If this does not work remove the cables to prevent vehicle damage Remove the cables when they are no longer needed Do not use cables on dry roads If you have any questions regarding snow chains or cables please contact your authorized dealer TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire p
142. your phone s ring tone plays when you choose Phone Ringer Message Notification Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives 1 Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notific ation On and Message Notification Off 2 Press OK to select Modify Phonebook Modify the contents of your phonebook such as add delete or download Press OK to choose between Add Contacts Press OK to add more contacts from your phone book Push the desired contact s on your phone See your phone s manual on how to push contacts Delete Phonebook Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history When Delete Phonebook appears press OK to confirm SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu Download Phonebook Press OK to select then and press OK again when Confirm Download appears Auto Download Automatically download your phone book each time your phone connects to SYNC Press OK to select When Auto Download On appears press OK to have your phonebook automatically down loaded each time Select Off if you do not want to download your phonebook every time your phone connects to SYNC Your phonebook call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC Return Exit the current menu Downloading times are phone dependent and quantity dependent When Auto Downloadis on it automa
143. 0 High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck anda shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips Lal Child Safety If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cann
144. 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note f you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For full size and dissimilar spare tires see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged inthe tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or e
145. 3 Press OK to confirm Master Reset Return Completely erase all information stored on SYNC all phonebook call history text messages and all paired devices and return to the factory default settings Exit the current menu Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 320 SYNC If Equipped SYNC TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use However should questions arise see the tables below Use the website at any time to check your phone s compatibility register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat during certain hours Visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca for more information Phone issues Possible cause s Possible solution s There is excessive back ground noise during aphone call The audio control settings on your phone may be affecting SYNC perform ance Review your phone s manual about audio adjustments During a call can hear the other person but they cannot hear me This may be a possible phone malfunction Try turning off the device resetting the device removing the device s battery then trying again SYNC is not able to down load my phonebook This is a phone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device
146. 48000 km Every 60000 miles 96000 Change automatic transmission fluid km Replace spark plugs This is an optional feature Operating in dusty or sandy conditions such as unpaved or dusty roads Inspect frequently service as required Every 5000 miles 8000 km Replace cabin air filter Replace engine air filter Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Rotate tires inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth Every 5000 miles 8000 km or six months Change engine oil and filter Perform multi point inspection Every 30000 miles 48000 km Change automatic transmission fluid This is an optional feature Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes See Engine Oil Check page 215 Exclusive use of E85 flex fuel vehicles only Every oil change Exceptions There are several exceptions to the Normal Schedule Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing If ran exclusively on E85 fill the fuel tank full with regular unleaded fuel Normal vehicle axle maintenance Rear axles and power take off PTO units with synthetic fluid and light duty trucks equipped with Ford design axles are lubricated for life do not check or change fluid unless a leak is suspected service is required or the assembly has been submerged in water During long periods 42
147. 7 Scheduled Maintenance of trailer towing with outside temperatures above 70 F 21 C and at wide open throttle for long periods above 45 mph 72 km h change non synthetic rear axle fluid every 3000 miles 4800 kilometers or three months whichever comes first This interval can be waived if the axle is filled with 75W140 synthetic gear fluid meeting Ford specification WSL M2C192 A part number FITZ 19580 B or equivalent Add friction modifier XL 3 EST M2C118 A or equivalent for complete refill of Traction Lok rear axles See Technical Specifications page 268 Police Taxi and Livery vehicle axle maintenance Change rear axle fluid every 100000 miles 160000 kilometers Rear axle fluid change may be waived if the axle was filled with 75W140 synthetic gear fluid meeting Ford specification WSL M2C192 A part number FITZ 19580 B or equivalent Add four ounces 118 mL of additive friction modifier XL 3 EST M2C118 A or equivalent for complete refill of Traction Lok rear axles Change the axle fluid anytime the axle submerges in water Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing California fuel filter replacement If you register your vehicle in California the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item does not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability before the completion of your vehicle s useful life Ford Motor Company however urges you to have all rec
148. 72 2 0L and 2 5L engines Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing a o E161383 264 Capacities and Specifications A Long drivebelt is on first pulley groove B Short drivebelt is on second pulley closest to engine groove farthest from engine MOTORCRAFT PARTS Component 1 6L EcoBoost 2 0L EcoBoost engine 2 5L engine engine Air filter FA 1908 FA 1908 FA 1910 element Oil filter FL 910 S Battery BXT 96R 590 Spark plugs SP 532 SP 537 SP 530 Cabin air filter FP70 Windshield WW 2750 driver side wiper blade WW 2705 passenger side WW 1106 rear wiper We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION fordparts com for scheduled maintenance NUMBER These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Company s specifications and are The vehicle identification number is engineered for your vehicle Use of other located on the left hand side of the parts may impact vehicle performance instrument panel emissions and durability Your warranty may be void for any damage related to use of other parts If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available use l an oil filter that meets industry XKKXXXXXXXXKXXXXX performance specification SAE USCAR 36 For spark plug replacement contact an authorized dealer Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals See Scheduled Maintenance page 420 E142476 265 Escape TM2
149. 8 Ambient Lighting Anti Theft Alarm Arming the Alarm Disarming the Alarm Appendices At a Glance Front Exterior Overview Instrument Panel Overview Rear Exterior Overview Vehicle Interior Overview Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 437 Audible Warnings and Indicators Automatic Transmission Warning Engine On Warning Chime Headlamps On Warning Chime Key in Ignition Warning Chime Keyless Warning Alert Parking Brake On Warning Chime Audio CONTTOL ecesesteseeeseeseeeeee Audio Input Jack Audio System General Information Audio Unit Vehicles W SYNC Satellite Radio Audio Unit Vehicles Wi NG eeecstrmmeeeeis Autolamps Windshield Wiper Activated PISANI TAS esccisccssnnniversiaandivercinensixnnssimaixenanunien 75 Automatic Climate Control 104 Temperature Control Automatic Transmission Brake Shift Interlock If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or SelectShift Automatic Transmission Understanding the Positions of Your Automatic TranSMiSSiON cccceeeeeee 39 Automatic Transmission Fluid Oiaoi O 219 AUTOWIDETS cccceeee 7 Auxiliary Power Points 110 Volt AC Power Point 12 Volt DC Power Point Locations Index B Blind Spot Information System Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert 162 Bonnet Lock See Opening and Closing the Hood 210 Booster Seats Types of Booster Seats
150. A First Printing 392 MyFord Touch it equipped Vehicle Health Report and Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s received a text that did You did not activate your This is a free feature but you not activate Vehicle Health account on the website must first register online to Report You may have the wrong use it VIN vehicle identification Make sure that your VIN is number listed correctly listed in your account lam unable to retrieve the The preferred dealer When you register your report on the website or information did not load account you must choose a receive asystem error correctly preferred dealer If it already lists a dealer try selecting another dealer and logging out Log back in change it back to your preferred dealer and retrieve the report lam unable to submit a This could be due to your Update your cellular number report phone s compatibility in your account on the Bad signal strength website You did not register your Make sure you have full phone correctly on the signal strength and that your website Bluetooth volume level has been turned up Make sure the currently connected phone is registered on your SYNCMyRide account Try deleting your phone and performing a clean pairing heard acommercial when You did not activate this This is a free feature but you tried to use Traffic Direc p
151. A SYNC Services B Sirius Travel Link C Alerts D Calendar E SYNC Applications 370 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch it equipped Under the Information menu you can access features such as SYNC Services Sirius Travel Link Alerts Calendar SYNC Applications s If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation press the Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab SYNC Services If Equipped United States Only Note SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription Traffic alerts and turn by turn directions available in select markets Message and data rates may apply Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change or discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Phone page 364 Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Make sure your cellular phone i
152. ARGO GAWR Gross Axle Weight Cargo Weight includes all A i weight added to the Base Curb Rating is the maximum Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall GAW Gross Axle Weight is be affixed to either the door hinge the total weight placed on each pillar door latch post or the door axle front and rear including edge that meets the door latch vehicle curb weight and all post next to the driver seating payload position The total load on each Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating 172 Load Carrying Note For trailer towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer E143818 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight plus cargo plus passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo It is shown on the Example only Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver seating posi
153. ATION WARNINGS Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system creating the risk of fire Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles 8 kilometers after you reconnect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise When you start the engine avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing IGNITION SWITCH E72128 O off The ignition is off Note When you switc
154. Can the child sit without slouching the shoulder belt under a child s arm Does the lap belt rest low across the or behind the back because it hips reduces the protection for the upper part Is the shoulder belt centered on the of the body and may increase the risk of shoulder and chest injury or death in a crash Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and 80 pounds 36 kilograms and upward to 100 pounds 45 kilograms if 26 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Child Safety Types of Booster Seats E68924 Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat E142596 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing E7071
155. Confirmation prompts off Confirmation prompts on Interaction mode advanced MyFord Touch it equipped Voice settings using voice commands Interaction mode novice Media candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Phone candidate lists on Help SETTINGS E161968 Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help m mnmoUunwp 337 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Using Voice Commands with the Touchscreen Options Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on screen selections This is available only when the system displays a list of candidates generated during a voice session For example when entering ina street address or trying to call a contact from the phone you paired to the system MyFord Touch it equipped Under this menu you can set on your clock access and adjust the display sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes or the help feature Clock Note You cannot manually set the date Your vehicle s GPS does this for you Note f the battery has been disconnected your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock Once your vehicle acquires the signal it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time 1 Press the Settings icon gt Clock 2 Press
156. ERT Save the current song artist or team as a favorite The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel Replay Replay audio on the current channel You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station Changing stations erases the previous audio While in replay mode Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current track Press play or pause to play or pause the audio Press Replay to return to live audio if you have been using the feature to replay audio 354 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of channels Options Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set Category for Seek Scan This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category Parental Lockout This allows you to lock and unlock channels change or reset your PIN or unlock all channels To use this feature you need your initial PIN which is 1234 Artist Title Team Alerts
157. Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 45 E75004 The system consists of the following Safety canopy curtain airbags located above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof pillar trim A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment c Ww The crash sensors and monitoring system have areadiness indicator See Crash Sensorsand Airbag Indicator page 46 Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear seats The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including the Safety Canopy Supplementary Restraints System CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of
158. HANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL Appendices WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER Gracenote 2007 Vehicle with SYNC only United States and Mexico FCC ID KMHSGIGI IC 1422A SGIGI Mexico Model KMHSGIP1 NOM 121 SCT1 2009 The operation of this equipment is subject to the following two conditions 1 This equipment or device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this equipment or device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation Vehicle with SYNC with Touchscreen My Touch FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 IC 1422A SYNCG2 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause und
159. M2 enUSA First Printing 90 Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu Press the left arrow button to exit a menu Press and hold the left arrow button at any time to return to the main menu display escape button Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages The OK button may also be used to reset some Trip values Menu Structure Information Display All Vehicles You can access the menu using the information display control Note Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional Information Displays Distance toE Trip land 2 Trip odometer Trip timer Instantaneous fuel Average fuel Ford EcoMode Anticipation Speed Ford EcoMode Digital Speedo All Value Distance to E Trip odometer Instantaneous fuel and Average fuel See Trip Computer page 92 See Eco Mode page 166 Information Intelligent 4WD MyKey Dist MyKey Info System Check Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Settings Driver Assist Traction Ctrl On or Off Blind spot On or Off Cross traffic alert On or Off Lighting Rain Light On or Off Dimming Auto or Manual Headlamp delay Manual or xx Seconds Display Navigation info Always On or Always Off 91
160. Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting Appendices TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for an
161. MyKey is in use and the MyKey Speed speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph 130 km h MyKey Vehicle at Top Amber Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey Speed speed limit is reached Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 98 Information Displays Message Message Action Indicator MyKey Check Speed Displays when MyKey is active Drive Safely MyKey Buckle Up to Displays when a MyKey is in use and Belt Unmute Audio Minder is activated MyKey Park aid cannot Displays when a MyKey is in use and park aid is be deactivated activated Key is Already a MyKey Displays when trying to create a MyKey witha key already designated as a MyKey Hold key next to symbol Displays when programming a MyKey on steering column MyKey ESC cannot be Displays when programming a MyKey deactivated Park Aid Message Message Action Indicator Parking aid malfunction Amber Displays when the system has detected a Service required condition that requires service Contact your authorized dealer See Parking Aid page 152 Park Brake Message Message Action Indicator Park brake applied Red Displays when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released contact your authorized dealer Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 99
162. NFOrMAtION ececeseeseestesteseeeeeteees Technical Specifications Windows and Mirrors we Windshield WaShEPS c cccccessesesesteseseees Windshield WiPESS ccecesseseestesesteseeteseeesees Intermittent Wipe Speed dependent wipers if CEQUID DEO raii RN 71 Wipers ANd WASNETS cccccsesecesseseseeseseees 71
163. OK to set or press MENU to exit Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently M PHONE Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system See SYNC page 291 N MEDIA Press this button to switch between listening to a CD and the SYNC Media menu To change the SYNC Media device such as switching from a device plugged into the USB port to a Bluetooth audio device press MENU and scroll to Select Source O RADIO Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions Note You can operate your audio system AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH AM FM CD SYNC SATELLITE RADIO WARNING Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing for up to one hour after you switch off the ignition Press the ON OFF control to operate the system with the ignition turned off The system automatically turns off after one hour
164. ON OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE SOME 406 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing STATES AND OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 6 Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Telenav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara California The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties You expressly agree to waive your r
165. ON SWITCH Lu eeeesescesesseseeeseesesseeteseeneees 125 In California U S Only 195 Information Display Control Information Displays General Information Information 911 Assist Only Vehicle Health Report If Equipped United States Only Information Messages 378 attery and Charging System ind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System A A Automatic Engine Shutdown B B Power Steering Starting System Tire Pressure Monitoring System Traction Control Transmission and Four Wheel Drive 100 Installing Child Seats Child Seats fe Using Lap and Shoulder Belts 21 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH Using Tether Straps Instrument Cluster Instrument Lighting Dimmer Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps Vehicles Without Front Fog LampsS 76 Interior Lamps Front Interior Lamp Rear Interior Lamp Interior Mirror Auto Dimming Mirror Introduction Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 44 Jump Starting the Vehicle Connecting the Jumper Cables Jump Starting Preparing Your Vehicle Removing the Jumper Cables K Keyless Britny s iiececseceeveteseeseiecin deduces SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY Keyless Starting Ignition Modes Keys and Remote Controls Principle of Operation L Lighting Control Headlamp Flasher High Beams Wi StH S kinene 74 Load Carriers
166. Preset lt gt SAT 2 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Help If you have said Sports game see the following Sports game chart If you have said Tune see the following Tune chart MyFord Touch i equipped SPORTS GAME Tune to the lt college name gt game Tune to the lt team city gt game Tune to the lt team city gt lt team name gt game Tune to the lt team name gt game Help TUNE lt Channel Name gt Preset lt gt SAT SAT 1 SAT 1 preset lt gt SAT 2 SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt Sirius lt O 223 gt Help cD Press the lower left corner of the D touchscreen and then select the CD tab You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder if applicable Repeat Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track all tracks on the disc or turn the feature off if already on Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Shuffle Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random order or turn the feature off if already on Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of all available tracks More Info Touch this button to see disc information Options Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processi
167. Press again to silence an active voice prompt so you can begin speaking Press and hold to end a voice session PHONE ACCEPT Press to answer a call or to switch between calls PHONE REJECT Press to end a call or to reject an incoming call HOME Press to go to the home screen I Press to go to the information screen See Steering Wheel page 69 Cleaning the Touchscreen Display Use a clean soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses If dirt or fingerprints are still visible apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you are not able to answer on your own MyFord Touch it equipped Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST Inthe United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware
168. Removing a HEadlaMP ccccccsessececeseees Repairing Minor Paint Damage Replacement Parts Recommendation Collision Repairs Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repa Sranan a 11 Warranty on Replacement Parts 12 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Only Roadsi Vehic Vehic Assistance Vehicles Sold in Vehicles Sold in the United States Using Roadside Assistance 189 Roadside Emergencies krge 189 Roof Racks and Load Carriers 169 Adjusting the CrOSSDALM ccscsestetesteseeteseeseeee 69 Running In See Breakin g N scssessesccsessesessesessescsssseseeseeees 86 Running Out Of FUCA eects 132 Refilling With a Portable Fuel CONTAINS hivesi 22e sets Meieaatrscrtccsih tid aed 133 Safety Belt Height Adjustment 35 Safety Belt Minder Belt Minder Index Safety Be ltSs sereesietcenceenenneesie 31 Principle Of OPeratiOn cccsceeeseseseseesesees 31 Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator E pl p E IEE 35 Conditions Of OPEratiON cccscseeseeeseeeseees 35 Safety Canopy 44 Safety PreCaUtiOns ccccccsssesscsesseseseeseseees 131 Satellite RAGIOw ceseesessecseesessesseeseeseeseeees 286 TrOUDIESHOOTING eescecesceesteseeeseeseeee 288 Scheduled Maintenance Record 429 Scheduled Maintenance 420 SOAS wena E welll Security 2267 SOE ES Sissssibssssesssishs ohcsssrsssssasssessesssneissseseiae 337
169. SYNC page 291 See MyFord Touch page 330 MyFord Touch Controls if equipped Your steering wheel controls may also have these additional features fay Press to go to the home screen Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing e Press to go to the information 2 screen See MyFord Touch page 330 CRUISE CONTROL E142437 See Cruise Control page 161 INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL E130248 See Information Displays page 90 70 Wipers and Washers WINDSHIELD WIPERS Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure the windshield wipers are switched off before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield E168040 A Single wipe Intermittent wipe Normal wipe High speed wipe 0O WwW Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 71 Intermittent Wipe E168041 A Short wipe interval B Intermittent wipe C Long wipe interval Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval Speed dependent wipers if equipped When your vehicle speed increases the interval between wipes will decrease
170. See Roof Racks and Load Carriers 169 Load Carrying Load Limit Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick up Trucks and Utility type Vehicles Vehicle Loading with and without a MAILS E E EAE AEA Locking and Unlocking Activating Intelligent Access Autolock Battery Saver Illuminated Entry Illuminated Exit Mechanical Key Opening a Rear Door from Inside Power Door Locks Remote Control Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead THES IW arennau Luggage COVENS ecccseesessssesssseseseseseeteseseseees 168 Lug Nuts See Changing a Road Wheel ccsceeeeee 258 MAINTENANCE eceesesesesessesestessseseseeteseseseseesees 210 General INFOPMAtION ee eeseeseeseesteseseeseeneeees 210 Manual Climate Control 103 Manual Liftgate Closing the Liftgate Opening the Liftgate Manual Seats Adjusting the Height of the Driver Moving the Sea Forward 3 Recline Adjustment 4 Media Hub O Memory Function NS Saving a PreSet POSItiON ccccceseseseeeeteseees 6 Message Center See Information DISPLAYS 90 Mirrors See Heated Windows and Mirrors 109 See Windows and MirrOF cesseeseesteeteeeeees 79 Mobile Communications Equipment 12 MOON OO finnsnes 83 BOUNCE BaCk eeseeseessestesseeeees Opening and Closing the Moonroof Opening and Closing the Sunscreen Venting the MOOnrof
171. Spot Information System off manually There may be certain instances when there is a false alert by either the Blind Spot Information or the Cross Traffic Alert systems that illuminates the alert indicator with no vehicle in the coverage zone Some amount of false alerts are normal they are temporary and self correct System Errors If either system senses a problem with the left or right sensor the Blind Spot Information System telltale illuminates and a message appears in the information display See Information Messages page 93 All other system faults display only with a message in the information display Switching the Systems Off and On You can temporarily switch off one or both systems in the information display See page 90 When you switch off the Blind Spot Information System you will not receive alerts and the information display will flash the yellow alert indicator twice The system switches back on whenever you switch the ignition on Driving Aids ECO MODE This system assists you in driving more efficiently by constantly monitoring characteristics of gear changing anticipation of traffic conditions and speeds while driving The value of these characteristics is represented by petals shown in the display with five petals being the most efficient The more efficiently you drive the better the rating and the better your overall fuel economy Note These efficiency values do not result ina de
172. TWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers Appendices Description of Other Rights and Limitations SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights under Speech Recognition f the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFT WARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitations
173. This feature allows you to select Artists Titles and Teams that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels Press Edit Alerts to delete or turn off alerts You can also set all alerts to on or off When an alert appears on the screen you can choose to MyFord Touch it equipped Tune to the channel to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts If you are listening to a sporting event you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing ona satellite radio channel Note S R US does not support the Alert feature on all channels Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation Electronic Serial Number ESN SIRIUS requires this number when communicating with you about your account Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired satellite channel number Touch Enter when you are done Browse Touch this button to view a list of all available stations Scroll to see more categories Touch the station you want to listen to Touch Skip if you want to skip this channel Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to listen to this channel Touch Title or Artist to see song and artists on other stations SIRIUS Satellite Radio Information Note S R US reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at a
174. Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade isa comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions ona specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA ABC WARNING A The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration corner
175. VICE use WMDR M software to access WMDRM protected content If the WMDR M software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE s ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade Appendices Consent to Use of Data You agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you Internet Based Services Component
176. WARNINGS Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly In arollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properl
177. a correctly coded key a malfunction has happened and a message may appear in the information display Automatic Arming The vehicle arms immediately after you switch the ignition off Automatic Disarming Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms the vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Replacement Keys Note Your vehicle comes equipped with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two intelligent access keys The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle as well as a remote control The intelligent access key functions asa programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start system as well as aremote control If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys integrated keyhead transmitters only are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys Store anextra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences See your authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter Note You can program a maximum of eight coded keys to your vehicle All eight can be integrated keyhead transmitters Yo
178. above with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain Client acknowledges and agrees that the Ordnance Survey OS may bring a direct action against Client to enforce compliance with the OS copyright notice see Section IV D below and paper map requirements see Section IV B above contained in this Agreement D Third Party Notices Any and all copies of the Data and or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory or portion thereof included in such copy Cantyles Notice Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 414 Austria Bundesamt f r Eich und Vermessungswesen Croatia Cyprus Estonia Latvia Lithuania Moldova Poland Slovenia and or Ukraine EuroGeographics France source IGN 2009 BD TOPO Germany Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit Genehmigung der zust ndigen Beh rden entnommen or Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit Genehmigung der zustae ndigen Behoerden entnommen Great Contains Ordnance Survey Britain data Crown copyright and database right 2010 Contains Royal Mail data Royal Mail copyright and database right 2010 Greece Copyright Geomatics Ltd Hungary Copyright 2003 Top Map Ltd Italy La Banca Dati Italiana stata prodotta usando quale riferimento anche cartografia numerica ed al tratto prodotta
179. ace Protect from sunlight if possible If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage Body Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and the underside of front fenders Periodically wash your vehicle if it is stored in exposed locations Touch up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust Cover chrome and stainless steel parts witha thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Re wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle Lubricate all hood door and luggage compartment hinges and latches with a light grade oil Cover interior trim to prevent fading Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 236 Change the engine oil and filter prior to storage because used engine oil contains contaminates which may cause engine damage Start the engine every 15 days for a minimum of 15 minutes Run at fast idle with the climate controls set to defrost until the engine reaches normal operating temperature With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears while the engine is running We recommend that you change the engine oil before you use your vehicle again Fuel system Fill the fuel tank with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle Cooling system Protect against freezing temperatures When r
180. adio saves the station Sound returns when finished HD Radio Touch this button to turn HD Radio on The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on HD Radio allows you to receive radio broadcasts digitally where available providing free crystal clear sound See HD Radio information later in this chapter Scan Touch this button to go to the next strong AM or FM radio station The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Options Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set PTY for Seek Scan This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category RDS Text Display This allows you to view the information broadcast by FM stations AST AST Autostore allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location TAG Button This feature is available when HD Radio is on and allows you to tag a song to download later When you select On TAG appears on screen when HD Radio is active You can touch TAG to save the information of the song that is playing When you plug in your portable music player the information trans
181. against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A B Cc F G SOURCE gt E143844 A Power Press this button to switch the system off and on B SOURCE Press this button to access different audio modes such as AM FM and A V Input Seek Reverse and Fast Forward In radio mode select a frequency band and press these buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction In SIRIUS mode press these buttons to select the previous or next channel If a specific category is selected such as Jazz Rock or News use these buttons to find the previous or next channel in the selected category In CD mode press these buttons to select the previous or next track 281 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Audio System D TUNE In radio mode press these buttons to manually search through the radio frequency band In SIRIUS mode press these buttons to find the next or previous available satellite radio station E Volume Turn this control to adjust the volume SOUND Press this button to access settings for Treble Midrange Bass Balance and Fade G Eject Press this button to eject a CD Press the up and down arrow buttons to Menu Structure scroll through the options Note Depending on your s
182. aints for children WARNINGS Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child All children are shaped differently The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations or are the minimum Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 19 WARNINGS requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consult your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or go to http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation locate your local St John Ambulance office by searching for St John Ambulance on the internet or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http Awww tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and we
183. al multicast is not available until the HD Radio broadcast is decoded Once decoded the audio is avail able No action required This is normal behavior Wait until the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or froma direct tune The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current reception area No action required The station is not available in your current location Text information does not Data service issue by the Fill out the station issue match currently playing audio radio broadcaster form at website listed below There is no text information shown for currently selected frequency Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out the station issue form at website listed below HD2 HD7 stations not found when Sean is pressed Pressing Sean disables HD2 HD7 channel search No action required This is normal behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station_experiences HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s
184. amps position you cannot switch the high beam headlamps on until the autolamps system turns the low beam headlamps on Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps The windshield wiper activated headlamps turn on within 10 seconds when you switch the windshield wipers on and the lighting control is in the autolamps position They turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off The headlamps will not turn on by wiper activation During a mist wipe When the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition If the wipers are in intermittent mode Note f you switch autolamps and autowipers on the headlamps will automatically turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER Note f you disconnect the battery or it becomes discharged the illuminated components will switch to the maximum Setting Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps E132712 Press repeatedly or press and hold until you reach the desired level 75 Lighting Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps E165366 A Press repeatedly or press and hold to dim B Press repeatedly or press and hold to brighten HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY After you switch the ignition off you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you You will hear a short tone The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any
185. ance Note Do not add oil further than the maximum mark Oil levels above the maximum mark may cause engine damage Note Soak up any spillage with an absorbent cloth immediately ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Checking the Engine Coolant WARNINGS Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing WARNINGS Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark Note Do not use stop leak pellets cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty Note During normal vehicle operation the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the engine coolant is clearand uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the engine coolant has degraded nor does it require the engine coolant
186. ance WARNING Just prior to the system recognizing a blocked condition and alerting the driver the number of missed objects will increase To help avoid injuries NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for careful driving Note t is possible to get a blockage warning with no blockage present this is rare and known as a false blockage warning A false blocked condition either self corrects or clears after a key cycle If the system detects a degraded performance condition amessage warning of a blocked sensor or low visibility appears in the information display along with a warning indicator You can clear the information display warning but the warning indicator remains illuminated When you remove a blockage you can reset the system two ways While driving the system detects at least two objects You cycle the ignition from on to off and then back on If the blockage is still present after the key cycle and driving in traffic check again for a blockage 164 Driving Aids Reasons for messages displaying The radar Clean the fascia area in surface is front of the radar or remove dirty or the obstruction obstructed The radar Drive normally in traffic for surfaceis afew minutes to allow the not dirty or radar to detect p
187. and to adjust the time From this screen you can also make other adjustments such as 12 hour or 24 hour mode activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update new time zones You can also turn the outside air temperature display off and on It appears at the top center of the touchscreen next to the time and date The system automatically saves any updates you make to the settings Display You can adjust the touchscreen display through the touchscreen or by pressing the voice button on your steering wheel controls and when prompted say Display settings Display to access and make ES adjustments using the touchscreen Press the Settings icon gt Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 338 Brightness allows you to make the screen display brighter or dimmer Auto DIM when set to On lets you use the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature When set to Off screen brightness does not change Mode allows you to set the screen to acertain brightness or have the system automatically change based on the outside light level or turn the display off If you select AUTO or NIGHT you have the options of turning the display s Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature Auto Dim Manual Offset allows you to adjust screen dimming as the outside lighting conditions change from day to night This feature also allows you to adjust screen brightness using the instr
188. are listening to a USB us device or an SD card press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button and after the tone say USB or SD card then any of the following commands USB or SD CARD Play podcast lt name gt Play podcast episode lt name gt Play similar music Play song lt name gt Play TV show lt name gt Play TV show episode lt name gt Play video lt name gt Play video podcast lt name gt Play video podcast episode lt name gt USB or SD CARD u Browse Play video playlist lt name gt Previous Next Pause Repeat all Repeat off Play Play album lt name gt Play all Repeat one Shuffle Shuffle album Play artist lt name gt Shuffle off Play audiobook lt name gt What s this Play author lt name gt Help Play composer lt name gt Play folder lt name gt Play genre lt name gt Play movie lt name gt Play music video lt name gt Play playlist lt name gt Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card the system prompts you to specify what you would like
189. are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If your vehicle stalls do not try to turn around because this could cause vehicle roll over It is better to reverse back to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control E143949 Four Wheeli Drive it Equipped Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral Disengage overdrive or move the transmission selector lever to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer your vehicle Your vehicle has anti lock brakes therefore apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brake pedal Driving on Snow and Ice WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables then it is critical that you drive cautiously Keep speeds down allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control w
190. assing obstructed vehicles so it can clear the blocked state Heavy rain No action required The fall or system automatically snowfall resets to an unblocked interferes state once the rainfall or with the snowfall rate decreases or radar stops Do not use BLIS or signals Cross Traffic Alert in these conditions System Limitations The Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert systems do have their limitations situations such as severe weather conditions or debris build up on the sensor area may limit vehicle detection The following are other situations that may limit the Blind Spot Information System Certain maneuvering of vehicles entering and exiting the blind zone Vehicles passing through the blind zone at very fast rates When several vehicles forming a convoy pass through the blind zone The following are other situations that may limit the Cross Traffic Alert system Adjacently parked vehicles or objects obstructing the sensors Approaching vehicles passing at speeds greater than 15 mph 24 km h Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 165 Driving in reverse faster than 3 mph 5 km h Backing out of an angled parking spot False Alerts Note f your vehicle has a factory equipped tow bar and it is towing a trailer the sensors detect the trailer and turn the Blind Spot Information System off to avoid false alerts Fornon factory equipped tow bars you may want to turn the Blind
191. assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE asa replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE anduse it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS
192. at file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select the desired playlist Press OK Tracks Search for and play a specific indexed track SYNC lists your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetic ally Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select the desired track Press OK Explore USB Explore all supported digital media on your media device connected to the USB port You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC other files saved are not visible Press OK to select 2 Scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive Similar Music Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port The system uses the metadata information of each song to compile a playlist for you 318 SYNC If Equipped When you select You can Press OK to select The system creates anew list of similar songs and begins playing This feature does not include tracks with incomplete metadata information Return Exit the current menu with certain playing devices if your metadata tags are not populated the tracks are not available in voice recognition play menu or similar music However if you place these tracks onto your playing device in Mass Storage Device Mode they are available in voi
193. ates Only Note SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription Traffic alerts and turn by turn directions available in select markets Message and data rates may apply Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change or discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation 309 SYNC If Equipped Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Using SYNC With Your Phone page 295 Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features provided are only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver place you in an unsa
194. ation from the music indexed through the USB port Refine This allows you to make your previous command more specific For example if you asked to search and play all music by a certain artist you could then say Refine album and choose a specific album from the list to view If you then select Play the system only plays music from that specific album Indexing times can vary from the system needs to process device to device and with regard to the number of songs Press the voice icon When prompted say BLUETOOTH AUDIO Bluetooth audio then any of the following Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Connections Pause Play Play next track Play previous track 315 SYNC If Equipped Media Menu Features and also to add connect or delete devices The media menu allows you to select your 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter media source how to play your music the media menu such as by artist genre shuffle or repeat 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select You can Play Menu Play your music by artist album genre playlist track similar music or play all music You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device Select Source Select and play music from your USB port auxiliary input jack line in or stream music from your Bluetooth enabled phone SYNC USB Press OK
195. audi Arabia 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number of Kuwait 24810575 FAX 971 4 3327299 Email menacac ford com www me ford com If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations amp Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer In the event your inquiry is unresolved communicate your concern with the dealership s Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager If you require additional assistance or clarification please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Manual French Owner s Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by con
196. ay not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause disruptive reflections Note The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves Note After a tire change the system will go through a relearning procedure During this time the system performance may deteriorate The system should not be used if a foreign object i e bike rack or trailer is attached to the front or rear of the vehicle or at another location close to the sensors an overhanging object i e surfboard is attached to the roof the front bumper or side sensors are damaged i e in a collision or obstructed by a foreign object i e front bumper cover a mini spare tire is in use Using Active Park Assist AUTO IPI ON E142733 Parking Aids Press the button The touch screen displays a message and a corresponding graphic to indicate it s searching for a parking space Use the turn signal to indicate which side of the vehicle you want the system to search on Note f the turn signal is not on the system automatically searches on the vehicle s passenger side a a amy AM M_ 130107 When a suitable space is found the touch screen displays a message and a chime sounds Slow down and stop at approximately position A then follow the instructions on the touch screen Note You must observe that the selected space remains clear of obstructions at all t
197. be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied An improperly adjusted head restraint may not adequately protect an occupant during an impact from the rear Seats WARNINGS Install the head restraint properly to help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Note Adjust the seatback to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable If you are extremely tall adjust the head restraint to its highest position Front seat head restraint E138642 Rear seat outboard head restraints E138643 The head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems 112 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing C Guide sleeve adjust and unlock button D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button E Fold button Rear center head restraint m wc A we B ee The rear center head restraint consists of A An energy absorbing head restraint Two steel stems Guide sleeve unlock and remove button B C Adjusting the Head Restraint Raising the Head Restraint Pull the head restraint up Lowering the Head Restraint 1 Press and hold button C 2 Push the head restraint down Removing the Head Restraint 1 Pull the head restraint up until it reaches its highest posit
198. be uninterrupted or error free Disclaimer of Warranty TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you Disclaimer of Liability TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS INJURY OR DAMAGES DIRECT OR INDIRECT WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT REVENUE CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION ANY DEFECT IN Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing THE INFORMATION OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations so to that extent the above may not apply to you Export Control You shall not export from anywhere any pa
199. be displayed in the information display If this happens stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn Driving Aids WARNINGS off the engine After at least 10 seconds reset the system by restarting the engine and watch the information display for a steering message If a steering message returns or returns while driving take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked Obtain immediate service if a system error is detected You may not notice any difference in the feel of your steering but a serious condition may exist Failure to do so may result in loss of steering control Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power assisted steering system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving or if the ignition is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer This occurs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system If this should occur you will neither lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal Steering Tips If the steering wanders or pulls check for an improperly inflated tire uneven tire wear loose or worn suspension components loose or worn steering
200. bility This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires arecall Tire Replacement Requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability WARNINGS A Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing WARNINGS may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible To reduce the risk of serious injury when mounting
201. ble to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically MyFord Touch if equipped 911 Assist May Not Work If Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash The vehicle s battery or the SYNC system has no power The phones s previously paired or connected to the system are thrown from the vehicle 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 911 Assist it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report If Equipped United States Only WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or repo
202. can access these options using the can browse through other devices without touchscreen r voice commands having to change sources For example if you are currently listening to audio on an SDcard you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device 347 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch if equipped Press the voice icon on the us steering wheel When prompted you can say BROWSE within devices Browse Browse lt league gt games Browse lt Sirius category gt channels Browse SD card Wwe Browse Sirius channel guide Browse USB Help If you only say Browse you can then say any commands in the following chart This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio BROWSE lt League gt Games lt Sirius category gt channels SD card Sirius Channel Guide USB Help This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio For more commands in SD card or USB mode see the SD Card and USB Port section of this chapter Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Your voice system allows you to change audio sources with a simple voice command For example if you are listening to music on a USB device then want to switch to a satellite radio channel simply press the voice button on t
203. cast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions Audio System When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions Scan allows you to hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on although it does not scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast Memory presets allow you to save an active channel as a memory preset Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset the sound mutes before the digital audio plays because the system has to reacquire the digital signal Note As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area Station blending If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 HD7 multica
204. ccccccsessesesesessssesseseesesseeeees 63 Keyless En try c cccsccscsessessssestssssssessssesteseeseees 65 Security Passive Anti Theft SyStemM 2 2 67 Anti Theft Alarm cccccscseessesseeseesesseeseeeees 68 Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel 69 AUGIO COntiOlissh2s saciid 69 VOICE COMI Olesons 70 Cruise Control reies erkegi 70 Table of Contents Information Display Control 70 Wipers and Washers Windshield WiIDESS ccccsesesesesseesesteseetesees 71 Autowipers e Windshield WASNETS csccsscsecsecsessessesseees 72 Rear Window Wiper and Washers 73 Lighting Lighting CONtroOl s s sseseneennnsnnnnennnnnrnsrnnnrnnne 74 Au tolah Seissanta 74 Instrument Lighting Dimmet 00 75 Headlamp Exit Delay 76 Daytime RUNNING LAMPS 76 Front Fog Lamps Direction INGICAtOIS cseessessessessessessesseeseees 77 Interior LAMPS ccesesseeseseesesestststessseseseeeeees 77 Ambient LISNtING cccceceseeestssestesesteseeeeee 77 Windows and Mirrors Power WINGOWS csessessscsesestesestesesesecssseeneees 79 Global OP Ning cccescesesessesesesseseeteseeeses 80 Exterior MirrOrS ccccsesesesesssesssesessseseseeesees 80 Interior MirrOF ccssseseseesesessssssesesesesseeseseeeees 82 Sun Visors Moonroof Instrument Cluster GaAW BOS a ipiiiraniantasrrnnrra nrnna nrin REE Ea Warning Lamps and Indicators Audible Warni
205. ccess a customer representative via an online chat during certain hours Visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca for more information Phone issues Possible cause s Possible solution s There is excessive back ground noise during a phone call The audio control settings on your phone may be affecting SYNC perform ance Review your phone s manual about audio adjustments During a call can hear the other person but they cannot hear me This may be a possible phone malfunction Try turning off the device resetting the device removing the device s battery then trying again SYNC is not able to down load my phonebook This is a phone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website The system says Phonebook Downloaded but the phonebook in SYNC is empty or missing contacts Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing This may be a limitation on your phone s capability 390 Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card try moving them to the device mem
206. ccessories Service specials and promotions In Canada Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6K OC8 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Twitter FordServiceCA English Canada FordServiceQC Quebec Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If yourequire assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center Customer Assistance In order to help us serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center Vehicle Identification Number Your telephone number home and business The name of the authorized dealer and city where located The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attemptin some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Mo
207. ce recognition play menu browsing and similar music The system places Unknown items into any unpopulated metadata tag System Settings Bluetooth Devices 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK Scroll to Bluetooth Devices Press OK The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete a device as turn the Bluetooth feature on and off When you select You can Add Bluetooth Device Pair more devices to the system 1 Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC appears in the display 2 Follow the directions in your phone s manual to put your phone into discovery mode A six digit PIN appears in the display 3 When prompted on your phone s six digit display enter the PIN Connect Bluetooth Device Connect a previously paired Bluetooth enabled device 1 Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired devices 2 Scroll until you find the desired device and then press OK to connect the device Set Bluetooth Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off 1 Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off 2 Make a selection and then press OK Delete Device Delete a paired media device 1 Press OK and scroll to select the device 2 Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Delete all previously paired devices 319 SYNC If Equipped When y
208. ce cabin air filter km Every 30000 miles 48000 Replace engine air filter km At 100000 miles 160000 Change engine coolant km Every 100000 miles Replace spark plugs 160000 km Inspect accessory drive belt s Change automatic transmission fluid E 150000 mil 240000 km ME Replace accessory drive belt s Replace timing belt 1 6L engine Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the last engine oil and filter change Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles 160000 kilometers then every three years or 50000 miles 80000 kilometers After initial inspection inspect every other oil change until replaced lf not replaced within the last 100000 miles 160000 kilometers 425 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Scheduled Maintenance SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated If you operate your vehicle occasionally Perform the services shown in the following tables when specified or within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing in the information display Example 1 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message comes on at 28751 miles 46270 kilometers Perform the 30000 mile under any of these condit
209. cess is not yet available Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 50 A coolant concentration of 60 will provide improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage If you drive in extremely hot climates It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 40 A coolant concentration of 40 will provide improved overheat protection Engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the freeze and corrosion protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage Maintenance Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection What You Should Know About Fail Safe Cooling If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How Fail Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins t
210. cking page 58 See Keyless Entry page 65 See Changing the Wiper Blades page 221 See Maintenance page 210 See Towing Points page 183 See Changing a Bulb page 224 Tire pressures See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 255 See Changing a Road Wheel page 258 QOm7mmoovoawad gt Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing AtaGlance Vehicle Interior Overview l H G F E152443 A B C D E F G H Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing See Transmission page 139 See Locking and Unlocking page 58 See Power Windows page 79 See Exterior Mirrors page 80 See Head Restraints page 111 See Fastening the Safety Belts page 32 See Rear Seats page 116 See Manual Seats page 113 See Power Seats page 114 See Parking Brake page 148 See Opening and Closing the Hood page 210 15 AtaGlance Instrument Panel Overview SRQ P ONML K J l H G E178122 A Direction indicators See Direction Indicators page 77 High beam See Lighting Control page 74 B Instrument cluster See Gauges page 84 See Warning Lamps and Indicators page 86 C Wiper lever See Wipers and Washers page 71 D Information and entertainment display E Audio unit See Audio System page 272 F Door lock indicator See Locking and Unlocking page 58 G Hazard warning flasher switch See Hazard Warning Flashers page 190 H Parking aid switch See Parking Aids page 152 Active park ass
211. cle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Invalid Channel The channel is no longer available Tune to another channel or choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not include this channel Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel No Signal The signal is lost fromthe The signal is blocked When SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS you move into an open area tower to your vehicle the signal should return antenna Updating Update of channel No action required The programming in progress process may take up to three minutes Questions Call 1 888 539 7474 Your satellite service is no longer available Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None found Check Channel Guide All the channels in the selected category are either skipped or locked Use the channel guide to turn off the Lock or Skip function on that station Subscription Updated SIRIUS has updated the channels available for your vehicle No action required Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 288 Audio System AUDIO INPUT JACK WARNINGS Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility
212. cle diagnostic information Scheduled maintenance Open recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer that still need servicing Making a Report If you want to run a report by 2 using the touchscreen touch Apps gt Vehicle Health Report MyFord Touch it equipped command press the voice button on the steering wheel and when prompted say Vehicle health report To run a report by voice is Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose Paul s Phone E146988 your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information CLIMATE Press the lower right corner on the touchscreen to access your climate control features Depending on your vehicle line and option package your climate screen may look different from the screen shown here A Power Touch to switch the system off and on Outside a
213. cle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in acrash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information Note f any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature SYNC If Equipped If a crash deploys an airbag excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca See Supplementary Restraints System page 39 Important information about airbag deployment is in this chapter See Roadside Emergencies page 189 Important information about the fuel pump shut off is in this c
214. cles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location such as latitude and longitude and or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 91 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the 911 Assist feature See SYNC page 291 Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches that you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See SYNC page 291 Introduction CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine LA exhaust certain vehicle components certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE Certain components in you
215. com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca 295 SYNC If Equipped Pairing a Phone for the First Time Note SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 1000 entries per Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Note Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio Put the transmission in position P Note 7o scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands free calls Press the phone button When the display indicates there is no phone paired press OK 2 When Find SYNC appears in the isplay press OK 3 Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your device s manual if necessary 4 When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful Depending on your phone s capability and your market the system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up and downloading your phonebook jek Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio Put the transmission in position P Note 7o scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 1 Pressthe phone button and the
216. commands Climate set temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Voice Commands Rear defrost off Climate set temperature lt 60 85 gt degrees Rear defrost on Recirc off Help Recirc on There are additional climate control commands To access them say Temperature Set temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Voice Commands Set temperature lt 60 85 gt degrees Climate Temperature decrease Then you can say any of the following commands Max Temperature on A C off A C on Temperature increase Min Temperature On Automatic Defrost floor on Decrease fan speed Help Defrost off Toaccess the temperature options say Defrost on Voice commands Dual off Floor on Increase fan speed Temperature Then you can say any of the following commands MAX A C off lt 15 30 gt degrees MAX A C on lt 60 85 gt degrees My temp Max Off Min On Help Panel floor on Panel off Panel on Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch it equipped NAVIGATION Note The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system If you need a replacement SD card see an authorized dealer Note The SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card just push the card in and relea
217. components improper vehicle alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull 167 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Load Carrying REAR UNDER FLOOR STORAGE Cargo Management System ir Equipped t E142445 The system is located in the floor of the cargo area Lift the handle to open Adjustable Load Floor if Equipped AAS E142446 Vehicles with the standard size spare tire can adjust the load floor to two positions The front of the load floor can be placed either on for high position or below for low position the ledges behind the rear seats The rear of the load floor always sits on the two small shelves located on the liftgate trim Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 168 LUGGAGE COVERS WARNINGS Make sure that the posts are properly latched in mounting features The cover may cause injury in a sudden stop or accident if it is not securely installed Do not place any objects on the cargo area shade They may obstruct your vision or strike occupants of your vehicle in a sudden stop or crash Use the cargo shade to cover items in the cargo area of your vehicle E14244 Insert the ends of the cargo shade into the mounting features located behind the rear seat on the rear trim panels to install the cargo shade To operate the cargo shade 1 Pull the rear edge of the cargo shade rearward Secure both e
218. conformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b or the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists
219. connect If you have more AppLink apps on your phone than the number of availble Bluetooth ports you will not see all of your apps listed in SYNC s mobile apps menu Force close or uninstall the apps you do not want SYNC to find If the app has a Ford SYNC setting disable that setting in the app s settings menu on the phone Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 329 MyFord Touch if equipped GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in A loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving tit E161891 Phone Navigation or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Climate Settings Home Information QOommnmoovaow gt Entertainment 330 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch it equipped This system uses a four corner strategy to provide quick access to several vehicle features and settings The touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone multimedia climate control and navigation system
220. crease the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal crashes the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the crash is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts ig a E142587 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 32 a jor E142588 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle A E142589 When in use the rear safety belts should be placed in the belt guides on the outboard seatbacks Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy WARNING Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure Safety Belts E142590 Pregnant women should always wear their safety belt The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will
221. ctor lever to position P Apply the parking brake Move the transmission selector lever to position P Adjust the temperature control to the MAX A C position Press the MAX A C button Adjust the fan speed to the lowest speed setting Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control Adjust the air distribution control to the instrument panel and floor air vents positions Press the windshield defrosting and defogging button Press the A C button Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting Direct the instrument panel side air vents toward the side windows Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting Close the instrument panel vents Direct the instrument panel side air vents toward the side windows Close the instrument panel vents 108 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Climate Control Maximum Cooling Performancein Instrument Panel or Instrument Panel and Footwell Positions 1 Adjust the temperature control to the lowest setting 2 Press the A C and recirculated air buttons 3 Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting initially and then adjust it to suit the desired comfort level HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS Heated Rear Window The button is below the climate EA control unit Note You m
222. cts are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of your vehicle Enhanced Park Aids If Equipped Note The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The system uses red yellow and green highlights which appear on top of the video image when the reverse sensing system detects an object The alert highlights the closest object detected Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF Press the symbol in the camera screen to change the view The default setting is ON Manual Zoom If Equipped WARNING When manual zoom is on the full area behind your vehicle may not show Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature Note Vanual zoom is only available when the transmission is in reverse R Note When you enable manual zoom only the centerline is shown Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 160 This allows you to get a closer view of an object behind your vehicle The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference The zoom is only active while the transmission is in reverse R When the transmission shifts out of reverse R the feature automatically turns off and must be reset when it is used again Selectable settings for this featu
223. d Safety Belts SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt correctly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash E87511 Conditions of operation To adjust the shoulder belt height squeeze the button and slide the height adjuster up or down Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place SAFETY BELT WARNINGLAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME th cA This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the driver s safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on If Then The driver s safety belt is not buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position The safety belt warning light illuminates 1 2 minutes and the warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds The driver s safety belt is buckled while the indicator light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The safety belt warning light and warning chime turn off The driver s safety belt is buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on posi tion The safety belt warning light and indicator chime remain off 35 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Safety Belts SAFETY BELT MINDER Belt Minder This feature supplements the
224. d SUNSNVOINA B3AONEE iOSIAV 7700009090697 O aono C1993 a WV LO9NSL LpLZ CAUTION TOERNE BY CUSTONER ONLY E138615 Note Your vehicle s keys came with a security label that provides important vehicle key cut information Keep the label in a safe place for future reference Intelligent Access Key if Equipped Note A three button remote contro will operate similarly E138616 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Your intelligent access keys operate the power locks and the remote start system The key must be in your vehicle to activate the push button start system cd t E142431 The intelligent access key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that you can use to unlock the driver door Slide the release on the back of the transmitter to release the key blade then pull the blade out 1031X E138618 Note Your vehicle s back up keys came with a security tag that provides important vehicle key cut information Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference Replacing the Battery Note Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board Keys and Remote Controls Note Replacing the battery will not delete the transmitter fr
225. d continue enjoying your personalized services SYNC Services Voice Commands SERVICES BEB When a route has been Services us downloaded non navigation Updat te systems press the voice button paate route on the steering wheel controls When Help prompted say any of the following commands Sirius Travel Link if Equipped m Driving while distracted can result in Cancel route V loss of vehicle control crash and Navigation voice off injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any Navigation voice on device that may take your focus off the Next turn road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend Route status against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of Route summary voice operated systems when possible Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 373 MyFord Touch i equipped Note n order to use Sirius Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot Note This feature is only available in the United States Note A paid subscription is required to access and use these features Go to www siriusxm com travellink for more information Note Visit wwwsiriu
226. d say USB 3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands See the media voice commands To Connect Using the System Menu 1 Plug the device into the USB port 2 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu 3 Scroll to Select Source Press OK 4 Scroll to USB Press OK 5 Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device Indexing may appear in the radio display When indexing is complete the screen returns to the Play menu SYNC If Equipped Press OK and scroll through selections of Play All Albums Genres Playlists Tracks Explore USB Similar Music Return What s Playing At any time when a track is playing you can press the voice icon and ask the system What s playing The system reads the metadata tags if populated of the playing track to you Media Voice Commands Press the voice icon When us prompted say USB then any of the following USB Play playlist lt name gt n3 Play previous folder Play previous track Play song lt name gt Play track lt name gt Refine album lt name gt Refine artist lt name gt 2 Refine song lt name gt Refine track lt name gt Repeat off Repeat on Search album lt name gt USB Search artist lt name gt Autoplay off Autoplay on Search genre lt name gt
227. d system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up
228. d Seat Positioning 28 Cleaning Leather Seats 234 Cleaning Products 231 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels 235 Cleaning the Engine 232 Cleaning the Exteriov 231 Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts a232 Exterior ChrOM Enesi 231 Stripes or Graphics if equipped 231 Underbody sicinnasaniinntti 232 eaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster LENS 233 eaning the Interior eaning the Windows and C C C C Cli Climate Control Voice Commands imate Control Coolant Check Climate CONTIOL ec cescseseseseseeteeseseeseeeees See Engine Coolant Check Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator Creating a MyKey Programming Changing Configurable Settings Cruise Control Principle Of Operation 161 Cruise control See Using Cruise CONtIOL cee eeceseeeeteseeeee 161 Customer ASSISTANCE cceeseseeeeseeteeseeeeee 194 Data RECOM IN Sis ii023 242 ceed 9 Event Data RECOrdING cccsssseseseesscesssseseeees 9 Service Data RECOrING cccsesesceseeseseseeseeees 9 Index Daytime RUNNING LAMPS cceeeeeeeee 76 Type 1 Conventional NON COnfiQurable cccceesseseeseseeeseeeees 76 Type 2 Configurable Digital Radio HD Radio Reception and Station TrOUDLESHOOTING cccescssesseesteseeeseeseseseeees 285 Direction INGICAtOIS cceeseesesseecsessesesseeseees Driver and Passenger Airbags a Children And AirDags c ccsceeeseeeseses
229. d a proper installation is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if included with the child seat Using Tether Straps Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap Re ils which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH system or both you can attach the top tether strap The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions Shown from top view G 8 i E142537 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors Note f you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash 1 Route the child safety seat te
230. d has defaulted to front wheel drive only Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Note A message will be displayed in the information display when the system overheats and switches to front wheel drive This condition may occur if you operate your vehicle in extreme high load conditions or with excessive wheel slip i e deep sand To resume four wheel drive function as soon as possible stop your vehicle in a safe location and switch the ignition off After the system cools and normal four wheel drive functionality resumes a message will be displayed for approximately five seconds Note f a warning message appears in the information display when using the spare tire it should turn off after reinstalling the repaired or replaced road tire and you switch the ignition on Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 142 Note t is recommended that you reinstall the repaired tire or replace the tire as soon as possible Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could cause system damage or default the system to front wheel drive The system gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities Operating your vehicle in conditions other than moderate sand snow mud or rough roads could subject it to excessive stress and heat which could result in system damage This will not be covered by your vehicle warranty E142669 A graphic will be displayed in the information display to advise you of th
231. d or towing Extreme hot or cold operation Normal Maintenance Intervals At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display Change engine oil and filter Rotate the tires Perform a multi point inspection recommended Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level Consult your dealer for requirements Inspect the brake pads shoes rotors drums brake linings hoses and parking brake Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields Inspect the rear axle and U joints Lubricate any areas with grease fittings Four wheel drive vehicles Inspect the half shaft boots Inspect the steering linkage ball joints suspension tire rod ends driveshaft and U joints Lubricate any areas with grease fittings Four wheel drive vehicles 424 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Scheduled Maintenance At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display Inspect the tires tire wear and measure the tread depth Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between service intervals Reset the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes See Engine Oil Check page 215 Other maintenance items Every 20000 miles 32000 Repla
232. d to make sure you have a good seal E170433 4 Install the new air filter element Slide the open end of the air filter element in first below the tab Then push the closed end of the air filter into the bottom of the tray The closed end should fit inside the groove in the tray The tab of the closed end of the air filter should be oriented down and fit between the forks on the tray as shown at the arrow above Note Make sure you align the tab in the air filter element with the fork in the air cleaner assembly tray 5 Install the air cleaner assembly lid and tighten the four fasteners Maintenance 2 5L Engine E142711 1 2 Detach the 2 clips that secure the air filter cover to the housing Carefully remove the air filter cover from the housing Do not detach any connections or tubes from the cover Remove the air cleaner from the housing Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter housing and cover to make sure that no dirt gets into the engine Load the air filter into the housing Replace the air filter cover and secure the clips 230 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Mo
233. d upon rigorous testing It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner s manual See Capacities and Specifications page 264 Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership Factory Trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 420 Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford Motorcraft and Ford authorized branded re manufactured replacement parts These parts meet or exceed our specifications Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 24 month or unlimited mile kilometer parts and labor limited warranty If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part it could affect emissions compliance Convenience Many dealerships have
234. de the system adjusts the temperature to the same setting on the passenger s side E133115 You can set the temperature between 60 F 15 5 C and 85 F 29 5 C in steps of 19 F 0 5 C In position LO 59 F 15 C the system switches to permanent cooling In position HI 86 F 30 C the system switches to permanent heating 105 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Climate Control Dual Zone Temperature Control Select a temperature for the passenger s side using the rotary control on the passenger s side Single zone temperature control automatically switches off The temperature on the driver s side remains unchanged You can now adjust the driver s side and passenger s side temperatures independently The display shows the temperature settings for each side Switching Back to Single Zone Temperature Control Press and hold AUTO for 2 4 seconds The passenger s side temperature switches to the driver s side temperature setting HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE General Hints Note Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up Note You may feel a small amount of air from the floor air vents regardless of the air distribution setting Note 70 reduce humidity build up inside your vehicle do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on Heating the Interior Quickly Note Do not place objects under the front sea
235. deletes all entered digits Phone book lt name gt at home n2 Phone book lt name gt at office n2 cell Phone book lt name gt at work Phone book lt name gt on mobile OR Phone book lt name gt on other n2 This command does not require you to say Phone first This command is not available until phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth See Dial table below See Menu table below Phone book commands When you ask SYNC to access things such asa phonebook name or number the requested information appears in the display to view Press the phone button and say Call to call the contact Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 297 Delete deletes one digit Plus Star Note 70 exit dial mode press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the phone menu MENU Phone connections Phone settings message notification off Phone settings message notification on Phone settings set phone ringer Phone settings set ringer 1 Phone settings set ringer 2 Phone settings set ringer 3 Phone settings set ringer off Battery Phone name SYNC If Equipped MENU Receiving Calls When receiving a call you can Signal Answer the call by pressing the phon
236. device s firm ware Turn off the Auto phone book download setting Text messaging is not working on SYNC This is a phone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 322 SYNC If Equipped USB and media issues lam having trouble connecting my device Possible cause s This may be a possible device malfunction Possible solution s Try turning off the device resetting the device removing the device s battery then trying again Make sure you are using the manufacturer s cable Make sure you insert the USB cable correctly into the device and the USB port Make sure that the device does not have an auto install program or active security settings SYNC does not recognize my device when I turn on the car This is a device limitation Make sure you are not eaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or cold temperatures Bluetooth audio does not stream This is a phone dependent feature The device is not connected Review the device compatib ility chart on the SYNC website to confirm your phone supports the Bluetooth audio streaming function Make sure you correctly connect the device to SYNC and that you have pressed play on
237. dge that meets the door latch post next to the driver seating position Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick up Trucks and Utility type Vehicles WARNING A Loaded vehicles may handle differently than unloaded vehicles Extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance should be taken when driving a heavily loaded vehicle Your vehicle can haul more cargo and people than most passenger cars Depending upon the type and placement of the load hauling cargo and people may raise the center of gravity of the vehicle Towing TOWING A TRAILER WARNINGS A Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury Your vehicle may have electrical items such as fuses or relays related to towing See the Fuses chapter Your vehicle s load capacity designation is by weight not by volume so you cannot necessarily use all available soace when loading a vehicle Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension Inspect these components periodically during and after any towing operation Escape TM2 enUSA First Pr
238. dio Stream audio from your phone Cancel Cancel the requested action Line in Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack Phone Make calls Services Access the SYNC Services portal SYNC Return to the main menu USB Access the device connected to your USB port Vehicle health report Run a vehicle health report Voice settings Help Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback Hear a list of voice commands available in the current mode This is an optional feature and available in the United States only Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 293 SYNC If Equipped System Interaction and Feedback The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system You can change these settings at any time Adjusting the Interaction Level Push the voice icon Say Voice us settings when prompted then any of the following When you say The system Interaction mode standard Provides more detailed interaction and guidance Interaction mode advanced Provides less audible interaction and more
239. discretion Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing SATELLITE RADIO it Equipped SIRIUS broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Audio System Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Satellite Radio Reception Factors Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute ence Satellite radio signal interfer Your display may show ACQUIRING to indicate the interference and the audio system may mute SIRIUS Satellite Radio Service Note S R US reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its
240. ds over 3 mph 5 km h Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Touch Messaging gt Send Text 3 Enter a phone number or choose from your phonebook 4 You can select from the following options MyFord Touch i equipped Send which sends the message as it is Edit Text which allows you to customize the pre defined message or create a message on your own You can then preview the message verify the recipient as well as update the message list Text message options lll call you back in a few minutes just left I ll be there soon Can you give mea call I m on my way I m running a few minutes late I m ahead of schedule so I ll be there early I m outside Pll call you when get there OK Yes No Thanks Stuck in traffic Call me later LOL Receiving a Text Message Note f you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5km h the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing When anew message arrives an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop up with the caller name and ID if AP by your phone You can press View to view the text message Listen for SYNC to read the message t
241. dside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available 24 hours a day seven days a week For the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner s Manual portfolio Roadside Assistance covers A flat tire change with a good spare if provided with the vehicle except vehicles supplied with a tire inflation kit Battery jump start Lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility Fuel delivery independent service contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 gal 7 6 L of gasoline or 5 gal 18 9 L of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery service to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period Winch out available within 100 ft 30 5 m of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries Towing independent service contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall tow Ford eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer within 35 mi 56 km of the disablement location or to the nearest Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing authorized dealer If a member requests a tow to an authorized dealer that is more than 35 mi 56 km from the disablement location the member shall b
242. e Text message inbox button Words in are optional and do not have Reject the call by pressing and holding to be spoken for the system to understand the phone button the command Making Calls Ignore the call by doing nothing Phone Options during an Active Call Press the voice icon and when prompted say 1 Say Call lt name gt or Dial then the desired number During an active call you have more menu features that become available such as putting a call on hold or joining calls Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the 2 Whenthesystem confirms the number menu options say Dial again to initiate the call To erase the last spoken digit say Delete or press the left arrow button To erase all 1 Press MENU during an active call 2 After selecting Active Call Menu press spoken digits say Clear or press and hold OK the left arrow button 3 Scroll to cycle through the following To end the call press and hold the phone options button When you select You can Mute Call Mute the call Privacy Switch a call from an active hands free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation Press OK when Privacy on off appears The display indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call Call Hold Put an active call on hold Press OK when Hold on off appears To answer another call at this time press the phone button Enter Tones Enter t
243. e indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank Empty reserve is the amount of fuel remaining in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty Do not rely on this fuel for driving The usable capacity of the fuel tank is the amount of fuel that can be put into the tank after the gauge indicates empty The advertised capacity is the total fuel tank size it is the combined usable capacity plus the empty reserve Filling the Tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank Turn the ignition off before fueling an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running Use the same fill rate low medium high each time the tank is filled Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent 135 Fuel and Refueling Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles 3000 miles 3200 kilometers 4800 kilometers Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy Fillthe fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added
244. e power distribution between the front and rear wheels The more the area is filled the more power is being distributed to that wheel Driving in Special Conditions With Four Wheel Drive Four wheel drive vehicles are suitable for driving on sand snow mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the freeway Note t may be useful to switch Traction control off This allows for more wheel spin and engine torque in certain off road conditions or if your vehicle becomes stuck Four Wheel Drive it Equipped When driving at slow speeds off road under high load conditions use a low gear when possible Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the air conditioning may cycle on and off to prevent the engine from overheating Basic Operating Principles Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle When driving your vehicle on surfaces made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice proceed with care If Your Vehicle leaves the Road If your vehicle leaves the road reduce your vehicle speed and avoid severe braking When your vehicle speed has been reduced ease your vehicle back onto the road Do not turn the steering wheel sharply while returning your vehicle to the road It may be safer to stay o
245. e radio broadcaster Fill out the station issue form at website listed below There is no text information shown for currently selected frequency Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out the station issue form at website listed below HD2 HD7 stations not found when Sean is pressed Pressing Sean disables HD2 HD7 channel search No action required This is normal behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station_experiences HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 352 Radio Voice Commands If you are listening to the radio press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to the radio press the voice button and after the tone say Radio then any of the following commands MyFord Touch it equipped RADIO lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD RADIO n3 Tune Help If available FM aut
246. e SIRIUS satellite radio subscription Voice Settings Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction help and feedback The system defaults to standard interaction that uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Interaction Mode Novice mode provides detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts The system uses these short questions to confirm your voice request If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested The system may still occasionally ask you to confirm settings Phone and Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice commands The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command To access these settings using the touchscreen 1 Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Voice Control 2 Select from Interaction Mode Confirmation Prompts Media Candidate Lists Phone Candidate Lists Voice Control Volume To access these settings using voice commands Press the voice icon Wait for the prompt Please say a command Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening 2 Say any of the following commands Voice settings using voice commands
247. e accelerator pedal 9 Drive the vehicle at least 10 miles 16 kilometers to completely relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy Note f you do not allow the engine to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the engine computer eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel trim strategy Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Note Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner Follow your local authorized standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries Note t is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES a E142463 Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield Replace wiper blades annually for optimum performance Front Wiper Blades Lift the wiper arms away from the windshield 221 Maintenance Note Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS Vertical Aim Adjustment The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant I
248. e control Controls the temperature of the airflow in your vehicle Adjust to select the desired temperature MAX A C Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full cool position to maximize cooling Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents and air conditioning automatically turns on A C Press the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Air distribution control Turn the dial switch airflow from the windshield instrument panel or footwell vents on or off The system can distribute air through any combination of these vents 103 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Climate Control AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL B Cc D E E141422 A AUTO and Driver temperature control Press the button to turn on automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system adjusts fan speed air distribution air conditioning operation and selects outside air or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired temperature You can also use the AUTO button to turn off dual zone operation by pressing and holding the button for more than two seconds Turn the control to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when not in dual zone mode Fan speed Press the
249. e flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered 12 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise o 9 13 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown See Technical Specifications page 262 E75442 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Stowing the flat tire 1 Put the jack and lug wrench away Make sure the jack is fastened so it does not rattle when you drive 2 Unblock the wheels 3 Stow the flat tire on the floor in the cargo area Secure with the flat tire retainer strap by following the next steps E142906 4 Locate the cargo tie down near the seatback Push the loop of the retainer strap through the tie down Thread the non loop end through the loop E157926 5 Weave the retainer strap through the wheel openings 6 Locate the front cargo tie down at the opposite corner of the cargo area to the tie down used in Step 4 Thread the retainer strap through the tie down and pull tight Wheels and Tires 7 Secure by tying a 2 half hitch knot E143746 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel
250. e g name gender age and crash location is recorded see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic directions and Information privacy below However parties such as law enforcement could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an event data recorder special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have such special equipment canread the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Note ncluding to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been ina crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehi
251. e ignition is first turned on prior to engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See Emission Control System page 136 Traction and Stability Control It will flash when the system is ee active If it remains illuminated or does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on this indicates a malfunction During a malfunction the system will switch off Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Traction and Stability Control Off It will illuminate when you switch cc the system off It will go out OEE when you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key in Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when you open the driver s door and you have left the key in the ignition with it in the off or accessory position Engine On Warning Chime Awarning chime will sound when any door is opened if the vehicle exceeds a relatively low speed Keyless Warning Alert if Equipped Sounds the horn twice when you exit the vehicle and the keyless vehicle is in RUN indicating the vehicl
252. e ignition on for at least six seconds 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the engine and operate the remote entry system if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter If programming was not successful wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8 If you are still unsuccessful take your vehicle to your authorized dealer Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key See your authorized dealer to have additional keys programmed to your vehicle ANTI THEFT ALARM i equipped The system will warn you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle It will be triggered if any door the luggage compartment or the hood is opened without using the key remote control or keyless entry keypad The direction indicators will flash and the horn will sound if unauthorized entry is attempted while the alarm is armed Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle Arming the Alarm The alarm is ready to arm when there is not a key in the ignition Electronically lock the vehicle to arm the alarm The message indicator flashes when theft protection is active Disarming the Alarm Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions Unlock the doors or luggage compartment with the remote control or keyless entry keypad Switch the ignition on
253. e is still on Instrument Cluster Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver s door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on Parking Brake On Warning Chime Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Automatic Transmission Warning Chime Sounds when you have not moved the transmission selector lever to position P A message will be shown in the display 89 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Information Displays GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display controls on the steering wheel Corresponding information is displayed in the information display Information Display Controls D E138659 Escape T
254. e may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting Brake Shift Interlock WARNINGS Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working 140 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing WARNINGS When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer Use the brake shift interlock lever to move the gearshift lever from the park position inthe event of an electrical malfunction or if your vehicle has a dead battery Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition off before performing this procedure 1 Insert a screwdriver or similar tool between the shifter bezel and the top finish panel 2 Use the tool to unsnap the shifter bezel from the finish panel E142627 3 Locate the white lever located on the left side of the shifter 4 Using the tool move the white lever towards the rear of the shifter Transmission 5 While holding the white lever in the rear position move the shifter from the park position 6 Press the shifter bezel back into the top finish panel until it snaps back into position 7 Apply the brake
255. e procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces See Cleaning Leather Seats page 234 Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp and soft cloth then use a clean dry and soft cloth to dry these areas Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection Do not use any household cleaning products or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens Wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Your warranty may not cover these damages If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean soft cloth as quickly as possible 2 Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area 3 Alternatively wipe the surface with a clean soft cloth and a mild soap and water soluti
256. e responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 mi 56 km Roadside Assistance includes up to 200 for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Vehicles Soldin the United States Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference This card is in the owner s information portfolio in the glove compartment United States Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company reimburses a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 mi 56 km To obtain reimbursement information United States Ford vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers need to submit their original receipts Vehicles Sold in Canada Getting Roadside Assistance Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 Vehicles Sold in Canada Using Roadside Assistance For your convenience you may complete the roadside assistance identification card found in the centerfold of your warranty guide and retain for future reference Roadside Emergencies Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U S coverage If you require more informa
257. e start up and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine start up and stays on when you turn the traction control system off When you turn the traction control system off or on a message appears in the information display showing system status Stability Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury
258. e system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 334 vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information MyFord Touch it equipped Using Voice Recognition This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in fro
259. eage The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact an authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Exterior Style Hood deflector Side window deflectors Splash guards Custom graphics Interior Style Door sill plates Floor mats Interior light kit Seat covers Lifestyle Ash cup or smoker s packages Camping tent Car cover Cargo area protector Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 396 Cargo net Cargo shade Portable rear seat entertainment Soft cargo organizers Roof racks and carriers Recovery hook towing eye Trailer towing accessories Peace of Mind Keyless entry keypad Remote start Vehicle security systems Wheel locks Bumper mounted warning sensors Ford Licensed Accessories The accessory manufacturer designs develops and therefore warrants Ford Licensed Accessories and does not design or test these accessories to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the manufacturer s limited warranty details and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer Accessories For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front o
260. eath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If there are lodged objects or cargo is interfering with the seat take the following steps to remove the obstruction Pull the vehicle over Turn the vehicle off Driver or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat Remove the obstruction s if found Restart the vehicle Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness lamp is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness lamp remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system Do not attempt to repair or service the system take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact your authorized dealer Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing SIDE AIRBAGS WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident Do not lean y
261. econds to confirm that all the doors are closed The doors will lock again the horn will sound and the turn signals will flash if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed Note f locking was not successful or any door or the liftgate is open or if the hood is open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or remote start the horn will sound twice and the lamps will not flash Liftgate WARNINGS Make sure all persons are clear of the liftgate area before using the liftgate control Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury Locks Note Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate VAB Press twice within three seconds 2x to unlatch a manual liftgate open close or stop the movement of a power liftgate See Power Liftgate page 63 Mechanical Key Turn the top of the key toward the front of your vehicle once to lock all doors Turn the top of the key toward the rear of your vehicle once to unlock the driver door only Locking the Doors Individually If the power locks fail to operate lock the doors individually using the key in
262. ection of the slide until you regain control of your vehicle After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts can cause an imbalance that could damage drive components Water If you must drive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth and avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims If the ignition system gets wet your vehicle may stall Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop your vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by applying light pressure to the brake pedal while moving slowly Note Driving through deep water may damage the transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant and power transfer unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down Note Avoid turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and possible vehicle roll over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions
263. ects approaching vehicles from up to 46 ft 14 m away though coverage decreases when a vehicle blocks the sensors Reversing slowly helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness Driving Aids E142440 In this first example a vehicle only partially obstructs the left sensor Cross Traffic Alert nearly maximizes zone coverage E142441 Zone coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles Here a vehicle only partially obstructs the left sensor zone coverage on that side is severely limited 163 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Driving Aids System Lights and Messages E142442 The Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert systems illuminate a yellow alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of your vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from Note The alert indicator dims when the system detects nighttime darkness Cross Traffic Alert also sounds a series of tones and a message appears in the information display indicating a vehicle is coming from the right or left Cross Traffic Alert works with the reverse sensing system that sounds its own series of tones See Parking Aid page 152 System Sensors E142443 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The system uses radar sensors that are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of your vehicle Do not allow mud snow or bumper stickers to obstruct these areas this can cause degraded system perform
264. ed See Blind Spot Information System page 162 BLIS X sensor fault Amber Displayed when a fault with the system has Service required occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible BLIS not available Trailer Amber Displayed when the system is not available due attached to trailer use See Blind Spot Information System page 162 Cross Traffic Vehicle Amber Displayed when the system detects a vehicle coming from X See Blind Spot Information System page 162 Cross Traffic Sensor Amber Displayed when the blind spot information blocked See manual system and cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked See Blind Spot Information System page 162 Cross Traffic fault Amber Displays when the system requires service due Service required to a malfunction Contact your authorized dealer Cross Traffic disabled Trailer attached Displayed when the system is not available due to trailer use See Blind Spot Information System page 162 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 95 Information Displays Doors Message Message Action Indicator X door open Red Displays when the door s listed is not completely closed and the vehicle is moving Displays when the door s listed is not completely closed Liftgate ajar Red Displays when the luggage compartment is not completely closed and the vehicle is moving Displays when the luggage compartment is not completely closed
265. eees 142 Towing a Trailer Using MyKey With Remote Start Load Placement S Towing Points si Installing the Recovery Hook s Recovery Hook Location A Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels 84 Towing the Vehicle on Four Emergency Towing Recreational Towing TOWNE oedabadsvsddctdesdteleleassassest aetiastisersiezseneasidsesee Traction Control Principle of Operation Trailer Sway Control 179 System Settings Transmission Code Designation 267 What s Playing TRAMSMUSSOM ccccsccsssccsssssccssssncsessencsiatsassestzascess 139 Using SYNC With Your Phone Transmission Accessing Features through the Phone See Transmission 139 Transporting the Vehicle 184 Accessing Your Phone Settings Trip Computer 92 Making CallS csscsccssseccsssseeccsssescssseees as All Value Pairing a Phone for the First Time Average Fuel Pairing Subsequent PHONES Digital Speedo m Phone Options during an Active Call Distance to E m Phone Voice COMMANGG e eeese Instantaneous Fuel Receiving Calls Resetting the Trip Computer System Settings Trip Odometer Text Messaging Trip Timer Media Voice Commands 445 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Using Traction CONtrOl seeseseseeseseeees 149 Switching the System Off Using a Switching the System Off Using the Information Display Controls 149 System Ind
266. eel and tire assembly that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life Front wheel drive and four wheel drive vehicles front tires on the left side of the diagram EB El Ne oe Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires E142547 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 254 USING SNOW CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use snow tires and cables If
267. een oil change intervals Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized re manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Additives and Chemicals This owner s manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle s normal maintenance Please consult your warranty information Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However a qualified expert such as the factor
268. ehicle To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system Wheels and Tires Low tire pressure Possible cause warning light Solid warning light Tire s under inflated Spare tire in use Customer action required Make sure tires are at the proper pres sure See Inflating your tires in this chapter After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 32 km h before the light turns off Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Flashing warning Spare tire in use li
269. ehicle it will shut off 15 minutes after you close all of the doors Locks MANUAL LIFTGATE WARNINGS It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury Note Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate Note Do not hang anything for example a bike rack from the glass or liftgate This could damage the liftgate and its components Note Do not leave the liftgate open while driving This could damage the liftgate and its components Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Opening the Liftgate Manually E138632 Press the button located in the top of the liftgate pull cup handle to unlatch the liftgate and then pull on
270. either the door hinge pillar the door latch post or the edge of the door near the door latch next to the driver s seating position Capacities and Specifications TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION The transmission code is on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The following table shows the transmission code along with the transmission description DATE _XX XX ONT GAWR XXX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRES XXXXXX RIM XXXX kPa XXX PSI COLD HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL API VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVEN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTI TYPE XXXX T aL XXXXXX MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO _ XXXX KG XXXX LB REAR GAWR XXXX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRES IS XXXXXXX RIMS AT XXXX kPa XXX PSI COLD LICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR ION STANDARDS IN URE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX XXXXX I ATR TTP PS TR W XX XX X XXXXXXXXXXXXX X XXXX XXXXXXX XX E167814 LRC T LES TR SPR CYX XX LXYXXXX XXXX Description Code Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Six speed automatic transmission 6F35 267 Capacities and Specifications TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS A WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R 134a under high pressure Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury Have the air conditioning refrigerant system serviced only by qualified personnel Item
271. elected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC phonebook call history text messages and paired devices and return to the factory default settings Press OK to select The display indicates when complete and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Install Application Install applications you have downloaded Press OK and scroll to select Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select System Info Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Access the Auto Version number as well as the FDN number 305 SYNC If Equipped If you select Press OK to select You can MAP Profile This is a Bluetooth component which can further help your phone with the exchange of text messages Retu
272. electric shock or become a fire hazard Use as short an extension cord as possible Do not use multiple extension cords Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles Make sure the heater heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes Starting and Stopping the Engine Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before starting and driving your vehicle Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity 130 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Fuel and Refueling SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNINGS Do not overfill the fuel tank The pr
273. elink com or 1 800 355 3515 Programming your garage door opener motor 1 Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor and then you have 30 seconds to complete the next two steps 2 Return to your vehicle E142658 3 Press and hold the function button you want to program for 2 seconds then release Repeat this step Depending on your brand of garage door opener you may need to repeat this sequence a third time Erasing the Function Button Codes Note You cannot erase individual buttons Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped E142660 Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons flash rapidly 2 When the indicator lights flash release the buttons The codes for all buttons are erased Reprogramming a Single Button To program a device to a previously trained button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired button Do NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the button follow Step 1in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2 Garage Door Opener Note The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter must already be programmed to operate with the garage door opener Note 70 program HomeLink to the transmitter you must fir
274. em activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log will remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information SYNC If Equipped System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada will not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you Initiating a Voice Session Push the voice icon A tone us sounds and Listening appears in the display Say any of the following Say If You Want To Bluetooth au
275. em aids you in detecting vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone A The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 10 ft 3 m beyond the bumper The system alerts you if certain vehicles enter the blind spot zone while driving Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Cross Traffic Alert warns you of vehicles approaching from the sides when the transmission is in reverse R Note The Blind Spot Information System does not prevent contact with other vehicles or objects nor is it designed to detect parked vehicles people animals or infrastructure fences guardrails trees It only alerts you to vehicles in the blind zones Note When a vehicle passes quickly through the blind zone typically fewer than two seconds the system does not trigger Using the Systems The Blind Spot Information System turns onwhen you start the engine and you drive your vehicle forward above 5 mph 8 km h it remains on while the transmission isin drive D and neutral N If shifted out of drive D or neutral N the system enters cross traffic alert mode Once shifted back into drive D the Blind Spot Information System turns back on when you drive your vehicle above 5 mph 8 km h Note The Blind Spot Information System does not function in reverse R or park P or provide any additional warning when a direction indicator is on Cross Traffic Alert det
276. emoving your vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm that there are no cooling system leaks and that fluid is at the recommended level Battery Check and recharge as necessary Keep connections clean If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery we recommend that you disconnect the battery cables to maintain battery charge for quick starting Note t is necessary to reset memory features if battery cables are disconnected Vehicle Care Brakes Make sure the brakes and parking brake release fully Tires Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous Make sure all linkages cables levers and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust Move vehicles at least 25 ft 7 5 m every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion Removing Vehicle From Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces Check windshield wipers for any deterioration Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage such as mice or squirrel nests Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label Check brake pedal operation Drive your vehicle 15 ft 4 5 m back and forth to remove rust build up
277. enUSA First Printing Capacities and Specifications Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number The Vehicle Identification Number contains the following information XXX y X XXXXXX A BCODEFG H E142477 A World manufacturer identifier B Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Restraint Devices and their locations C Make vehicle line series body type Engine type Check digit Model year Assembly plant IOn moU Production sequence number 266 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR XXXX KG XXXX LB D F REAR GAWR XXXX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX RES XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRES XXXXXXX MS XXXXXXX RIMS AT XXXX kPa XXX PSICOLD AT XXXX kPa XXX PSI COLD HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX pa TYPE XXXX pa XX XXX NTTR as TR FAN ah 7 Bar XX XXX X XX X XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX E167469 The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to
278. encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving Store the portable music player ina T secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing COD E142622 Your A V inputs allow you to connect an auxiliary audio video source such as a gaming systems or a personal camcorder by connecting RCA cords not included to these input jacks The jacks are yellow red and white and are located either behind a small access door on the instrument panel or in your center console You can also use the A V inputs as an auxiliary input jack to play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Plug in your 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter RCA adapter into the two left A V input jacks red and white Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select A V In To use the auxiliary input jack feature make sure that your portable music player is designed for
279. ended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry amaximum load at set pressure For example For P metric tires 35 psi 2 4 bar or 36 psi 2 5 bar depending on tires size and for Metric tires 36 psi 2 5 bar Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 42 psi 2 9 bar Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Wheels and Tires kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure Cold tire pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mi 1 6 km Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch
280. ent or as otherwise may be provided by Client which shall include the following provisions on behalf of the Third Party Data licensors including Her Majesty Canada Post and NRCan The Data may include or reflect data of licensors including Her Majesty the Queen in the Right of Canada Her Majesty Canada Post Corporation Canada Post and the Department of Natural Resources Canada NRCan Such data is licensed on an as is basis The licensors including Her Majesty Canada Post and NRCan make no guarantees representations or warranties respecting such data Appendices either express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to effectiveness complete ness accuracy or fitness fora particular purpose The licensors including Her Majesty Canada Post and NRCan shall not be liable in respect of any claim demand or action irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim demand or action alleging any loss injury or damages direct or indirect which may result from the use or posses sion of the data or the Data The licensors including Her Majesty Canada Post and NRCan shall not be liable in any way for loss of revenues or contracts or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the data or the Data End User shall indemnify and save harmless the licensors including Her Majesty Canada Post and NRCan and their officers emp
281. ent from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for twelve 100 pound 45 kilogram bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds 99 kilograms the calculation would be 1400 2x 220 12x100 1400 440 1200 240 pounds No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would Load Carrying be 635 kilograms 2 x 99 kilograms 12 x 45 kilograms 635 198 540 103 kilograms You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds 104 kilograms If you remove three 100 pound 45 kilogram cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9x100 1400 440 900 60 pounds Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 2 x 99 kilograms 9 x 45 kilograms 635 198 405 32 kilograms The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle ina manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door e
282. er seat The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 44 DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG A driver s knee airbag is located under the instrument panel During a crash the restraints control module may activate the driver s knee airbag based on crash severity and occupant conditions Under certain crash and occupant conditions the driver s knee airbag may deploy but the driver s front airbag may not activate As with front and side airbags it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury e Make sure the knee airbag is AN operating properly See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 46 SAFETY CANOPY WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash Do not lean your head on the door The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner Do not attempt to service repair or modify the curtain airbags its fuses the A B or C pillar trim
283. er changing conditions You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the Telenav Software For example but without limitation you agree not to rely on the Telenav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation as the maps or functionality of the Telenav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications especially in more remote geographical areas TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE WHETHER STATUTORY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM Appendices COURSE OF DEALING CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties so this limitation may not apply to you 5 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING IN EACH CASE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTI
284. er no circumstances will either Gracenote Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide including any copyrighted material or music file information You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights collectively or separately under this agreement against you directly in each company s own name Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page at www gracenote com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU AS IS NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY EN
285. ers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner Automatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible See Child Safety page 19 Safety Belts How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode E142591 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and turn on the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode How to Extract Safety Belts in the Rear Outboard Positions Safety belts in the rear outboard positions can lock if t
286. es parked next to your vehicle The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other short distance radio transmissions for example amateur radios medical equipment wireless headphones remote controls and alarm systems If the frequencies are jammed you will not be able to use your remote control You can lock and unlock the doors with the key Note Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended Note f you are in range the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally Intelligent Access if equipped The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions are met You activate the front exterior door handle switch You press the luggage compartment button You press a button on the transmitter If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low you may need to mechanically unlock your door You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation See Remote Control page 49 Keys and Remote Controls REMOTE CONTROL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters If Equipped E142585 Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle The transmitter portion functions as the remote control FBNST 13 80
287. eseeneeee Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment Driver Knee Airbag 44 Driving Aids 162 Driving Hints 186 Driving Through Wate l ccccscseseseseeeeees 187 DRL See Daytime Running LAMPS 76 Type 2 and 3 Economical Driving Emission Control System On Board Diagnostics OBD II Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M Testing End User License Agreemen SYNC End User License Agreement Engine Block Heater Using the Engine Block Heater Engine Coolant Check Adding Engine Coolant Checking the Engine Coolant Recycled Engine Coolant Severe Climates What You Should Know About Fail Safe COOMB aire iene AR 218 Engine Immobilizer See Passive Anti Theft System Engine Oil Che ck cccccsesseseeee Adding Engine Oil Engine Oil Dipstick 1 6L ECOBOOST iar Secs tescersscervscs evcervsacarscesesscesrcsss 215 439 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Engine Oil Dipstick 2 0L EcoBoost Engine Specifications ccccccceseseeeseees 264 Drivebelt Routing Entertainment A V Inputs AM FM Radio Bluetooth Audio Browsing Device Content SIRIUS Satellite Radio If Activated services cence acxcsrnssinnnastaniiinneireanieeesnninvia 354 Supported Media Players Formats and Metadata Information 362 Essential Towing Checks Before Towing a Trailer Hitches Watercraft Safety Chains
288. esired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter Extended Service Plan ESP PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITHA FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN SERVICE PLANS U S Only More than 32 million Ford owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford Extended Service Plan It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford Extended Service Plan With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Up to 1 000 Covered Vehicle Components There are four Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask your authorized dealer for details 1 PremiumCARE Our most comprehensive coverage With over 1 000 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what s not covered 2 ExtraCARE Covers 113 compo
289. ess this button to confirm menu selections D INFO Press this button to access any available radio or CD information E TUNE and TUNE Press these buttons to manually search the frequency band F Number block In radio mode store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns In CD mode select a track In phone mode enter a phone number G Clock Push to access clock settings You can also set the clock by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings H Function buttons Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in such as Radio mode or CD mode Seek Press and release these buttons to go to the previous or next preset radio station or disc track Press and hold these buttons to fast forward to the previous or next strong radio station memory preset or through the current disc track 276 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Audio System J ON OFF Press this button to switch the system off and on Turn to adjust the volume K MENU Press this button to access different audio system features See Menu Structure later in this section L SOUND Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade and Balance Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings When you make your selection press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings Press
290. essure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door Easy Fuel capless fuel system do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity This can cause a fire if you are filling an ungrounded fuel container Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Avoid inhaling excess fumes Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle Always turn off the vehicle before refueling Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 131 Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inha
291. ety Belts Principle Of Operation 31 Fastening the Safety Belts 32 Safety Belt Height Adjustment 35 Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator GRM ennienni 35 Safety Belt MINde M cc eeeesteesteseseeeeees 36 Child Restraint and Safety Belt MaiNt MANCE eeseecesseseeteseeteseeteeeeeeseeeeee 37 Personal Safety System Personal Safety System 0 38 Supplementary Restraints System Principle Of OPeraAtiOnn cccccesceseeeeeseees 39 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Driver and Passenger AirbagsS 40 Front Passenger Sensing System 4 AS A d 0 lo 43 Driver Knee AirDag ccesceessssessesestessesesseseees 44 Safety Canopy Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator 46 Airbag DiSPOSAL csesesseseceseesesesssseesesees 47 Keys and Remote Controls Principle Of Operation 48 General Information on Radio FLO QUENCIES cesesesessssssseseseessesestessseseseeees Remote Control Replacing a Lost Key or Remote CONIMOL eaa EAE 52 MyKey Principle of Operation 53 Creating a MyKey a53 Clearing All MYK YS ccccsssessesestestestesesees 54 Checking MyKey System StatuS 55 Using MyKey With Remote Start SYSUCIMS eecdecsc ches cntai candles 56 MyKey TroubleShooting c ccccscscesecsesecseees 56 Locks Locking ANd UNlOCKING cccccccesesseseeeseeee 58 Manual Liftgate cece 62 Power Lift Qaten
292. eviously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature MyFord Touch it equipped If a crash deploys an airbag excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts where fitted or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca See Supplementary Restraints System page 39 Important information regarding airbag deployment is in this chapter See Roadside Emergencies page 189 Important information regarding the fuel pump shut off is in this chapter Setting 911 Assist On amp If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Touch Apps gt 911 Assist then select On You can also access 911 Assist by Pressing the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone gt 911 Assist or Pressing the Settings icon gt Help gt 911 Assist To make sure that 911 Assist works properly SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use
293. except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws Restrictions Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by Telenav and without limiting the preceding paragraph you may not use this Data a with any products systems or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation positioning dispatch real time route guidance fleet managementor similar applications or b with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless connected electronic or computer devices including without limitation cellular phones palmtop and handheld computers pagers and personal digital assistants or PDAs Warning The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time changing circumstances sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data any of which may lead to incorrect results Appendices No Warranty This Data is provided to you as is and you agree to use it at your ownrisk Telenav and its licensors and their licensors and suppliers make no guarantees representations or warranties of any kind express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to content quality accuracy completeness effectiveness reliability fitness for a particular purpose usefulness Use or results to be obtained from this Data or that the Data or server will
294. extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle from general maintenance to collision repairs Note Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops Please contact your dealer for details Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor system which displays a message in the information display at the proper oil change interval This interval may be up to one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers Scheduled Maintenance When the oil change message appears in the information display it is time for an oil change Make sure you perform the oil change within two weeks or 500 miles 800 kilometers of the message appearing Make sure you reset the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each oil change See General Information page 90 If your information display resets prematurely or becomes inoperative you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles 8000 kilometers from your last oil change Never exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers betw
295. f your vehicle has been in an accident the 2 alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer E129990 1 Press the locking buttons together 2 Remove the wiper blade 3 Install in the reverse order Note Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place Lower the wiper arm and blade back to the windshield The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when you switch the ignition on 7 Rear Wiper Blade D Lift the wiper arms away from the rear E142592 window A 8 feet 2 4 meters B Center height of lamp to ground G 25 feet 7 6 meters D Horizontal reference line Vehicles With Halogen Headlamps 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height Note 70 see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light 1 Remove the wiper blade from one headlamp while adjusting the 2 Install in the reverse order other E183236 222 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Maintenance 3 Turnon the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood E142465 4 On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion o
296. f leaderboard Golf schedule MLS headlines MLS schedule MLS scores Motor sports headlines Motor sports order Motor sports schedule My team headlines My teams schedule My teams scores NBA headlines NBA schedule NBA scores NFL headlines NFL schedule NFL scores NHL headlines NHL schedule NHL scores College basketball scores Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing WNBA headlines 375 MyFord Touch i equipped Additional sports related voice commands WNBA schedule WNBA scores Help Alerts If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Alerts and then choose from any of the following services View the complete message Delete the message Delete All messages This screen displays any system messages such as an SD card fault Note The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow After you read or delete the messages the icon returns to white Calendar If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corne
297. f one or both reverse lamps are not operating Mud water or debris obstructs the camera s view Clean the lens witha soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner The rear of your vehicle is hit or damaged causing the camera to become misaligned To access any of the rear view camera system settings make the following selections in the multifunctional display when the transmission is not in reverse R With Touch Screen Settings gt Vehicle gt Camera Settings Without Touch Screen Menu gt Camera Settings Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Camera Guidelines Note Active guidelines are only available when the transmission is in reverse R A BC D E E142436 gt Active guidelines Centerline Fixed guideline Green zone Fixed guideline Yellow zone Fixed guideline Red zone Rear bumper nmo oao w Active guidelines only show with fixed guidelines To use active guidelines turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path If the steering wheel position changes while reversing your vehicle might deviate from the original intended path Parking Aids The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position The active guidelines will not display when the steering wheel position is straight Always use caution while reversing Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are farther away Obje
298. f the beam pattern If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line the headlamp will need to be adjusted E142467 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to aim the headlamp The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line 6 Close the hood and turn off the lamps Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Vehicles With High Intensity Discharge Headlamps 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height Note 7o see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other 3 Turnon the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood E142466 4 Thereis adistinct cut off change from light to dark in the left portion of the beam pattern The top edge of this cut off should be positioned two inches 5 centimeters below the horizontal reference line Maintenance E142467 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise
299. f the child seat to your vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attachthe tether strap if the child seat is equipped I had 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with aNHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician E142534 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH WARNINGS Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly res
300. favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services You can even access your account outside your vehicle Just use the number on your phone s call history Traffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available SYNC AppLink Note This feature is only available in the United States Note You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink Note iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application We recommend you lock your iPhone after starting an application Note The AppLink feature is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system Note Depending on your display type you can access AppLink from the media
301. fe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 310 Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands 1 2 Press the voice button When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cel
302. fers if supported by your device When you are connected to iTunes the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download See HD Radio information later in this chapter MyFord Touch if equipped Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired station number Touch Enter when you are done HD Radio Information If Available Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune toa station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the following indicators on your screen E142616 The HD Radio logo is grey when acquiring a digital station and then changes to orange when digital audio is playing When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital cha
303. fined fuel consumption figure It might vary as it is not only related to these driving habits but also influenced by many other factors such as short trips and cold starts Note Frequent short trips where the engine does not fully warm up will also increase fuel consumption The system is accessed using the information display control See General Information page 90 Typel SaN evo evo T T E142444 A B A Anticipation B Efficient speed Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 166 Anticipation Adjust your vehicle speed and the distance to other vehicles to avoid the need for heavy braking or acceleration to improve fuel economy Efficient speed Reduce your cruising speed on open roads to improve economy Higher speeds use more fuel Type 2 and3 The relevant information is shown in the display Resetting Eco Mode Reset the average fuel consumption by using the information display control Note New values may take a short time to calculate STEERING Electric Power Steering WARNINGS The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation When a system error is detected a steering message will appear in the information display The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation of the electronic system When an electronic error is detected a message will
304. from your device This feature defaults to off Cover Art Priority With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplies cover art for your music files This overrides any art from your device This feature defaults to Media Player Navigation Press the Settings icon gt Thy Settings gt Navigation then select from the following Navigation Map Preferences Switch breadcrumbs on and off Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top Switch the Parking POI notification on and off Route Preferences Choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Have the system avoid freeways Have the system avoid tollroads Have the system avoid ferries or car trains Have the system use HOV high occupancy vehicle lanes Navigation Preferences Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Have the system use guidance prompts 342 MyFord Touch it equ
305. g Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings which is under Media Player See Settings page 337 Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device Update Media Index indexes your device when you connect it for the first time and each time the content changes such as adding or removing tracks to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device Browse This feature allows you to view the contents of the device It also allows you to search by categories such as genre artist or album If you want to view song information such as Title Artist File Folder Album and Genre touch the on screen album art You can also touch What s Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request MyFord Touch it equipped Playing Video from Your Device To access and play video from your device your vehicle s transmission must be in position P with the ignition in accessory mode See Starting and Stopping the Engine page 125 SD Card and USB Voice Commands If you
306. g Use WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches 28 centimeters center to center Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches 46 centimeters apart A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases Child Safety Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provide
307. g system which could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions The front passenger seat is unoccupied The system determines an infant is present in a child restraint A passenger takes their weight off the seat for a period of time If there is a problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system Even with this technology parents are strongly encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat E145987 Supplementary Restraints System When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled If the passenger airbag status indicator lamp indicates the passenger airbag is enabled after the child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions If the passenger airbag status indicator lamp continues to indicate the passenger airbag is enabled the child should be properly restrained in a rear seating position
308. g the rate at which you press the brake pedal It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal Emergency brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations Anti lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking This lamp momentarily illuminates when you switch the ignition on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the anti lock braking system may be disabled Have the system checked by an authorized dealer If the anti lock brake system is disabled normal braking is still effective EA the brake warning lamp oO illuminates with the parking brake released have your brake system serviced immediately HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES Note When the system is operating the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal The anti lock braking system will not eliminate the risks when You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you Your vehicle is hydroplaning You take corners too fast The road surface is poor Brakes PARKING BRAKE WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and leave your vehicle with the transmission selector lever in position P Note Do not press the release button while pulling the lever up To apply the parki
309. gation MyFord Touch Troubleshooting 390 Accessories ACCESSOTLIS cccscscscsesescscsessessssssscseeseseseseeeeeeaes 396 Appendices End User License Agreement 398 Extended Service Plan ESP Extended Service Plan ESP c ccce 418 Scheduled Maintenance General Maintenance Information 420 Normal Scheduled Maintenance 423 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Introduction ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it WARNING Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models sometimes even before they are generally available It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased No
310. ge or loses its connection to SYNC during a crash SYNC will search for and try to connect to a previously paired cell phone SYNC will then attempt to call the emergency services Before making the call SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically SYNC If Equipped 911 Assist May Not Work If Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash The vehicle s battery or the SYNC system has no power The phone s previously paired or connected to the system are thrown from your vehicle 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 911 Assist it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or
311. gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear Note Do not rock your vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty For this reason we strongly recommend that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts i e lift kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment Four Wheeli Drive it Equipped We recommend that you use caution when your vehicle has either a high load or device i e ladder or luggage racks Any modifications to your vehicle that raise the center of gravity may cause your vehicle to roll over when there is a loss of vehicle control Failure to maintain your vehicle correctly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect you and your passenger s safety We recommend you frequently inspect your vehicle s chassis components when your vehicle is subject to off road usage Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 146 Brakes GENERAL INFORMATION
312. ght Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible When Inflating Your Tires When putting air into your tires Such as at a gas station or in your garage the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires 257 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 32 km h for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure Wheels and Tires How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from acold start situation If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease about 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than
313. gross combined weight rating Towing Separate functioning brake systems are required for safe control of towed vehicles and trailers weighing more than 1500 pounds 680 kilograms when loaded Trailer Lamps WARNING A Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle s tail lamp wiring this may damage the electrical system resulting in fire Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle trailer combination before starting on a trip When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing When Towing a Trailer Do not drive faster than 70 mph 113 km h during the first 500 miles 800 kilometers Do not make full throttle starts Check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 miles 80 kilometers When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather place the gearshift in position P to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help A C performance Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terra
314. h the ignition off and leave your vehicle do not leave your key in the ignition This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge I accessory Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running Note Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge Il on All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate Ill start cranks the engine KEYLESS STARTING it Equipped Note The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cellular phones Note A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine Starting and Stopping the Engine Ignition Modes E142555 The keyless starting system has three modes Off Turns the ignition off Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode or when the engine is running but the vehicle is not moving On All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once Start Starts the engine Press the brake pedal and then press and hold the button until the engine starts STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When you start the engine the idle speed increa
315. hall mean Geomarketing applic ations GIS applications mobile business asset management applications call center applications telematics applica tions public organization Internet applications or for providing geocoding services Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 413 V Europe Territory A Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe 1 General Restrictions Applicable to Traffic Codes Client acknowledges and agrees that in certain countries of the Europe Territory Client will need to obtain rights directly from third party RDS TMC code providers to receive and use the Traffic Codes in the Data and to deliver to End Users Transactions in any way derived from or based on such Traffic Codes For such countries HERE shall deliver the Data incorporating Traffic Codes to Client only after receiving certification from Client of its having obtained such rights 2 Display of Third Party Rights Legends for Belgium Client shall for each Transaction that uses Traffic Codes for Belgium provide the following notice to the End User Traffic Codes for Belgium are provided by the Ministerie van de Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the Minist rie de l Equipement et des Transports B Paper Maps With respect to any license granted to Client relating to making selling or distributing paper maps i e a map fixed on a paper or paper like medium a such license with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain is conditi
316. hapter Setting 911 Assist On or Off 1 Press the phone button to enter the phone menu 2 Scroll to select 911 Assist 3 Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu 4 Scroll to select between On or Off 5 Press OK when the desired option appears in the radio display Set On or Set Off appears in the display as confirmation Off selections include Off with reminder Provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start Off without reminder Provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder at phone connection To make sure that 911 Assist works properly SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing You must pair and connect a Bluetooth enabled and compatible cell phone to SYNC Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U S Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off the triggers for 911 Assist If a connected cell phone sustains dama
317. has changed detection capabilities 157 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Parking Aids The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space A parked vehicle has a high attachment i e salt sprayer snowplow moving truck bed etc The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly i e driving from a heated garage into the cold or after leaving a car wash REAR VIEW CAMERA it Equipped WARNINGS The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop your vehicle Use caution when using the rear video camera and the luggage compartment door is ajar If the luggage compartment door is ajar the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect All guidelines disappear when the luggage compartment door is ajar Use caution when turning camera features on or off Make sure your vehicle is not moving 1 A The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind your
318. hat may cause undesired operation Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System E142549 Note Fach road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer Check the tire pressure periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 256 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns on anda short time later turns off your tire pressure still needs to be checked When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your v
319. hat vehicle was properly maintained with Ford ESP thereby improving resale value Extended Service Plan ESP Avoid the Rising Cost of Properly Maintaining Your Vehicle Ford Extended Service Plan also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance and selected wear items The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle s maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventive care and replacement of select items that require periodic attention for normal wear Windshield wiper blades Spark plugs except in California The clutch disc Brake pads and linings Shock absorbers Belts and hoses Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment Interest Free Finance Options Available Take advantage of our interest free installment payment plan Just a 10 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying over time You are pre approved with no credit checks no hassles To learn more call our Ford ESP specialists at 800 367 3377 Ford ESP P O Box 8072 Royal Oak MI 48068 0039 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Service Plan Ford Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited
320. he airbags crash sensors safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing How Does the Personal Safety System Work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of the safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module During a crash the restraints control module may deploy the safety belt pretensioners one or both stages of the dual stage airbags based on crash severity and occupant conditions Supplementary Restraints System PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury froma deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm
321. he brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope This is an advantage when pulling away ona slope for example from a car park ramp traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space The system will activate automatically on any slope that will cause significant vehicle rollback Using Hill Start Assist 1 Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill Keep the brake pedal pressed If the sensors detect that your vehicle is ona slope the system will activate automatically When you remove your foot from the brake pedal your vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for about two or three seconds This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off Drive off in the normal manner The brakes will release automatically Traction Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and when needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction USING TRACTION CONTROL In certain situations for example stuck in snow or mud turning the traction control off may be beneficial as thi
322. he risk of injury or death in a crash To avoid risk of injury do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle Child Safety Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children Restraint Combined Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Type weight of child and LATCH LATCH Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt child seat lower lower andtop andLATCH only anchors anchors tether lower and top only anchor anchors tether andtop anchor tether anchor Rear facing Up to 65 lb x x child seat 29 kg Rear facing Over 65 lb x child seat 29 kg Forward Upto65lb x x x facing 29 kg child seat Forward Over 65 lb x x facing 29 kg child seat Note The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint See Seats page 111 CHILD SAFETY LOCKS When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside E112197 The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door 29 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Child Safety Left Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock Right Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock 30 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Safety Belts PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
323. he seatback is returned firmly to its upright position You can unlock the safety belts using the following procedures For vehicles where the rear seats recline 1 Recline the seat to its full rear recline position 2 The safety belt should then unlock Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 3 Return the seatback to its desired upright position For vehicles with rear seats that do not recline or are locked with the seat in its full rear recline position 1 Grasp the safety belt webbing at the top of the seatback 2 Pull the safety belt webbing forward firmly 3 After pulling the safety belt forward allow the safety belt to feed back into the safety belt retractor as much as possible If necessary press the seatback down to allow the safety belt webbing to retract further 4 The safety belt should then unlock 5 If the safety belt does not unlock repeat steps 1 3 Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso If the safety belt is too short when fully extended you can obtain a safety belt extension assembly from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is on a label located either at the end of the webbing or on the retractor behind the trim Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extende
324. he steering wheel controls and say the name of the SIRIUS station such as the Highway The following voice commands are available at the top level of the voice session no matter which current audio source you are listening to such as a USB device or SIRIUS satellite radio Note This is only available when your MyFord Touch system language is set to North American English Sample commands lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 530 1710 gt lt Channel name gt AM lt 530 1710 gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt Play album lt name gt Play artist lt name gt Play genre lt name gt Play playlist lt name gt Play song lt name gt Play lt name gt Play lt name song or album gt by lt artist name gt MyFord Touch it equipped Sample commands Sirius lt O 223 gt Sports games This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio The commands that have around the word means that the word is optional For example if you say Play Metallica this is the same as the voice command Play artist lt name gt AM FM Radio Touch the AMor FM tabtolisten dD to the radio To change between AM and FM presets just touch the AM or FM tab Memory Presets Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the r
325. hen your selection exists in multiple categories within the system When you are viewing more information for hotels cityseekr also tells you if the hotel has certain services and facilities using icons such as Restaurant Business center Handicap facilities Laundry Refrigerator 24 hour room service Fitness center Internet access Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 384 Pool Wi fi For restaurants cityseekr can provide information such as star rating average cost review handicap access hours of operation and website address For hotels cityseekr can provide information such as star rating price category review check in and checkout times hotel service icons and website address Setting Your Navigation Preferences Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route ES Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Navigation Map Preferences Breadcrumbs Display your vehicle s previously traveled route with white dots Switch this feature ON or OFF Turn List Format Have the system display your turn list Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top Parking POI Notification Set the automatic parking point of interest notification Switch this feature ON or OFF When parking point of interest notification is on the icons display on the map when you get close to your destination This may not be very useful in dense areas and may clutter the map when other
326. hich can lead to serious injury or death If the rear end of your vehicle slides while cornering steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of your vehicle Note Excessive tire slippage can cause transmission damage Four wheel drive vehicles have advantages over two wheel drive vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Avoid sudden braking Although a four wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it will not stop any faster as braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations apply the brake steadily As your vehicle has a four wheel anti lock brake system do not pump the brake pedal See Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Brakes page 147 If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse
327. hicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb 1400 750 5x 150 650 lb Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 176 Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 pound 635 kilogram cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you four of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 pounds 99 kilograms each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds 13 5 kilograms each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 5x30 1400 1100 150 150 pounds Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 5 x 99 kilograms 5 x 13 5 kilograms 635 495 67 5 72 5 kilograms Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 pound 635 kilogram cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cem
328. hield I Interior luggage compartment release uw an Q x Keep out of reach of children ekt biels Lighting control O 7 Low tire pressure warning Maintain correct fluid level Note operating instructions afle Introduction Panic alarm 3 S amp S Parking aid U p Parking brake Power steering fluid Power windows front rear Power window lockout Service engine soon Side airbag Shield the eyes Stability control ERNA Windshield wash and wipe SCEGPROOR DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or repair Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report y
329. hill E142437 The cruise controls are located on the steering wheel Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Switching Cruise Control On Press and release ON ine The indicator will display in the instrument cluster Setting a Speed 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press and release SET 3 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Changing the Set Speed Press and hold SET or SET Release the control when you reach the desired speed Press and release SET or SET The set speed will change in approximately 1mph 2 km h increments Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed Press and release SET Canceling the Set Speed Pull CAN toward you and release or tap the brake pedal The set speed will not be erased Resuming the Set Speed Pull RES toward you and release Switching Cruise Control Off Note You will erase the set speed if you switch the system off Press and release OFF or switch the ignition off Driving Aids BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM it Equipped Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert If Equipped WARNING To help avoid injuries NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for careful driving E124788 The Blind Spot Information Syst
330. hone for this service must first register online to tions and Information Your phone has ID blocker use it active Turn off ID blocker on your phone as the system recog nizes you by your phone number Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SYNCMyRide account 393 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch if equipped Voice command issues SYNC does not understand what am saying Possible cause s You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time Possible solution s Review the phone voice commands and the media voice commands at the beginning of their respective sections After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken before this does not register with the system SYNC does not understand the name of asong or artist You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be saying the name differently than the way you Saved it The system may not be reading the name the same way you are saying it Review the media voice commandsat the beginning of the media section Say the song or artist exactly as listed If you say Play Artist Prince the system does not play music by Prince and the Revolution or Prince and the New Power Generation Make sure you are saying the complete t
331. hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Bolt size Ib ft Nm M12 x1 5 100 135 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 kilometers after any wheel disturbance such as tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal 262 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Wheels and Tires E145950 A Wheel pilot bore Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles 263 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Capacities and Specifications ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Engine 1 6L EcoBoost engine 2 0LEcoBoost engine 2 5L engine Cubic inches 98 122 152 Required fuel Minimum 87 octane Minimum 87 octane Minimum 87 octane Compression 10 0 1 93 1 9 7 ratio Spark plug gap 0 027 0 031 in 0 70 0 027 0 031 in 0 049 0 053 in 0 80 mm 0 70 0 80 mm 1 25 1 35 mm Drivebelt Routing 1 6L engine E1613
332. ible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate 35 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch if equipped Potential station issues Echo stutter skip or repeat in audio Increase or decrease in audio volume Cause This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster Action No action required This is a broadcast issue Sound fading or blending in and out The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio No action required The reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3 multicast preset or Direct Tune The digital multicast is not available until the HD Radio broadcast is decoded Once decoded the audio is avail able No action required This is normal behavior Wait until the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or froma direct tune The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current reception area No action required The station is not available in your current location Text information does not match currently playing audio Data service issue by th
333. ibution controls Footwell and Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents and provides outside air to reduce window fogging Panel Distributes air through the instrument panel vents Panel and Floor Distributes air through the instrument panel vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents Floor Distributes air through the demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents Defrost Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice Touch again to return to the previous airflow selection When on defrost provides outside air to reduce window fogging and distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents MAX Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield air vents and automatically switches the air conditioning on The fan is set to the highest speed and the temperature to HI When the air distribution is set in this position you are unable to select recirculated air or manually adjust the fan speed and temperature control J Driver settings Touch or adjust the temperature Climate Control Voice Commands Voice commands RS Press the voice button on the Climate automatic i steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the Climate my temperature following commands Climate off Climate on 380 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch it equipped Voice
334. icator Lights and IMESSASCS earn acts ites EE Using Voice Recognition Initiating a Voice Session 293 System Interaction and Feedback 294 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program Canada Onlly cccceeesees 196 Vehic General Information Vehicle Certification Label Vehicle Identification Numbet 265 Vehicle Storage 235 Fuel system General Miscellaneous Removing Vehicle From Storage Tires e237 Ventilation See Climate COntrol ccecccscsesseseseseeees 103 VIN See Vehicle Identification Number 265 VOICE CONTIO leeez teseteeseecssceies ses MyFord TOUCH COntrols c ccccseseeeeseeseeees 70 446 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Warning Lamps and Indicators 86 Airbag Front 86 Anti Lock Braking System Blind Spot Monitor Brake System Cruise Control Direction Indicator Engine Oil Fasten Safety Belt Fog Lamps Front High Beam Information Low Fuel Level Low Tire Pressure Warning Parking Lamps Service Engine SOOM cseesecesessesccsesteseseseeseeees 88 Traction and Stability Control Traction and Stability Control Off Washer Fluid CHECK cccesescesessesesteseeeeees 219 Washers See Cleaning the Exterior See Wipers ANd WASNHETSS ccccseceseseseeeseees Wheel Nuts See Changing a Road Wheel Wheels and Tires z General I
335. ice in flat file mode one at a time in numerical order Press OK to select The first track title appears in the display Artists Sort all indexed media by artist Once selected the system lists and then play all artists and tracks alphabetically If there are fewer than 255 indexed artists the system lists them alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically 317 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing SYNC If Equipped When you select Albums You can Press OK to select You can select to play All Artists or any indexed artist 2 Scroll to choose the desired artist Press OK Sort all indexed media by albums If there are fewer than 255 indexed albums the system lists them alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically Press OK to enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album 2 Scroll to choose the desired album Press OK Genres Sort indexed music by genre category type SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select the desired genre Press OK Playlists Access your playlists from formats such as ASX M3U WPL or MTP The system lists your playlists alphabetic ally in fl
336. ice engine soon indicator should stay off the next time you start the engine A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the service engine soon indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs Readiness for Inspection Maintenance 1 M Testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work you may need to have the vehicle serviced See On Board Diagnostics OBD II Fuel and Refueling Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case your vehicle is not ready for I M testing If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the batte
337. ices such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features Telenav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the Telenav Software Your use of the Telenav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditions do not break the seal of the package launch or otherwise use the Telenav Software These terms and conditions represent the agreement Agreement between you and Telenayv Inc Telenav with respect to the Telenav Software including upgrades modifications or additions thereto collectively Telenav Software All references herein to you and your means you your employees agents and contractors and any other entity on whose behalf you accept these terms and conditions all of whom shall also be bound by this Agreement Additionally all of your account information as well as other payment and personal information provided by you to Telenav directly or through the use of the Telenav Software is subject to Telenav s privacy policy located at http Awww telenav com Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 404 Telenav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time with or without notice to you You agree to visit http www telenav com from time to time to review the then current ve
338. icle use a high intensity discharge source These lamps operate at a high voltage When the bulb is burned out the bulb and starter capsule assembly must be replaced by your authorized dealer Maintenance Replacing Side Marker Bulbs E142798 K E142472 1 Remove the screws from the splash shield at the wheel well to gain access 1 Remove the bulb socket from the to the lamp assembly headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise 2 Remove the bulb by gently pull the bulb straight out of the socket Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing Fog Park and Turn Signal Bulbs E142799 2 Remove the bulb holder from the lamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise 3 Disconnect the electrical connector 4 Remove the bulb from the bulb holder by pulling it straight out E142797 Install the new bulbs in reverse order from the steps above A Fog Lamp B Park Lamp C Turn Signal lamp 226 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Maintenance Replacing Tail Brake and Turn Signal Bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and open the liftgate 2 Remove the two bolt covers using a standard flat tip screwdriver 3 Remove the two bolts from the lamp assembly 4 Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle E142475 5 Disconnect the electrical connector Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 6 Remove the turn signal bulb or the tail and
339. icle differs from other vehicles Sport utility vehicles and trucks can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways Your vehicle may be E168583 As aresult of the above dimensional differences Sport utility vehicles and trucks often will have a higher center of gravity and a greater difference in center of gravity between the loaded and unloaded condition These differences that E145299 Higher to allow higher load carrying make your vehicle so versatile also make capacity and to allow it to travel over it handle differently than an ordinary rough terrain without getting hung up passenger Car or damaging underbody components Shorter to give it the capability to approach inclines and drive over the crest of a hill without getting hung up or damaging underbody components All other things held equal a shorter wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase Narrower to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces particularly in off road use 239 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Wheels and Tires TIRE CARE Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading n S 7 E142542 Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example
340. id clean and dry Contamination with dirt water petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possible failure Approximate dry fill capacity Actual amount may vary during fluid changes Automatic transmissions that require Motorcraft MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use Motorcraft MERCON LV transmission fluid Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter at the correct service interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 420 See your authorized dealer for fluid level checking or filling Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle Use of synthetic or synthetic blend motor oil is not mandatory Only use fluid that meets Ford specifications Motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that meet API SN requirements and display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines are also acceptable Do not use oil labeled with API SN service category unless the label also displays the API certification mark Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by your vehicle warranty An oil that displays this symbol conforms to current engine emission system and fuel economy performance standards of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC 270 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing
341. ight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children Child Child size height weight or age Recommended restraint type Infants or Children weighing 40 lb 18 kg or less Use a child safety seat toddlers generally age four or younger sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Small children Children who have outgrown or no longer Use a belt positioning properly fit in a child safety seat gener booster seat ally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four and less than age 12 and between 40 lb 18 kg and 80 lb 36 kg and upward to 100 lb 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Larger children Children who have outgrown or no longer Use a vehicle safety belt properly fit in a belt positioning booster having the lap belt snug seat generally children who are at least and low across the hips 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall or greater than 80 shoulder belt centered lb 36 kg or 100 lb 45 kg if recom across the shoulder and mended by child restraint manufacturer chest and seat back upright You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in INSTALLING CHILD SEATS the United States and Canada Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats unt
342. ight to a jury trial This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration both Telenav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara California The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply 7 Assignment You may not resell assign or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations except in totality in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the Telenav Software agreeing to be bound by Appendices the terms and conditions of this Agreement Any such sale assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement without liability to Telenav in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the Telenav Software Notwithstanding the foregoing Telenav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement 8 Miscellaneous 8 1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Telenav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof
343. il they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle When possible always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly 142594 restrained in the rear seating positions than ina front seating position See Front Passenger Sensing System page 41 Child Seats 20 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Child Safety Use a child safety seat Sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child ina child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Airbags can kill or injure a child ina child seat Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending onthe child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors renderi
344. ill need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 3033 Wilson Boulevard Suite 600 Arlington Virginia 22201 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP programis a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings Customer Assistance In the CAMVAP program impar
345. imes in the maneuver Note Vehicles with overhanging loads e g a bus ora truck street furniture and other items may not be detected by active park assist You must make sure the selected space is suitable for parking Note The vehicle should be driven as parallel to other vehicles as possible while passing a parking space Note The system always offers the last detected parking space i e if the vehicle detects multiple spaces while you are driving it offers the last one Note f driven above approximately 20 mph 35 km h the touch screen shows a message to alert you to reduce vehicle speed Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing cog Automatic Steering into Parking Space Note f vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the system switches off and you need to take full control of the vehicle Note f a maneuver is interrupted before completion the system switches off The steering wheel position will not indicate the actual position of the steering and you have to full take control of the vehicle With your hands off the wheel and nothing obstructing its movement and the transmission in R Reverse the vehicle steers itself as instructions to safely move the vehicle back and forward in the space are displayed in the touch screen While reversing the touch screen displays a message instructing you to check your surroundings for safety reasons and to back up slowly accompanied by a corresponding graphic
346. in The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective If your transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow Haul feature use this feature when towing This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling Towing Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached Anticipate stops and brake gradually Avoid parking on a grade However if you must park ona grade 1 Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from traffic flow 2 Set your vehicle parking brake 3 Place the automatic transmission in position P 4 Place wheel chocks in front and back of the trailer wheels Chocks not included with vehicle Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft PWC Note Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water Note Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after removing the trailer from the water When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval Do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches 15 centimeters above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Escape TM2 enUSA
347. indow is fully open Lift and hold the control until the window is fully closed Release the control Open the window and then try to close it automatically Repeat the procedure if the window does not close automatically 2 3 T Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 80 Accessory Delay if Equipped You can use the window controls for several minutes after switching off the ignition or until opening either front door GLOBAL OPENING You can use the remote control to operate the windows with the ignition off Note 70 operate this feature accessory delay must not be active Opening the Windows if Equipped You can use the global opening feature to open the windows only for a short time after you unlock your vehicle by using the remote control To use the global opening feature 1 Press and release the remote control unlock button Press the remote control unlock button again and hold it for approximately three seconds Release the control when the windows begin to open Press the lock or unlock button on your remote control to stop the window opening function 2 EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors WARNING Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving A Windows and Mirrors Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors it Equipped WARNING Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear A Lilm c B Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex m
348. inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label Wheels and Tires affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pi
349. information display to inform you that the engine has shut down in order to save fuel Start your vehicle as you normally do Automatic Engine Shutdown Override Note You cannot permanently switch off the automatic engine shutdown feature When you switch it off temporarily it turns on at the next ignition cycle Starting and Stopping the Engine You can stop the engine shutdown or reset the timer at any point before the 30 second countdown has expired by doing any of the following You can reset the timer by interacting with your vehicle such as pressing the brake pedal or accelerator pedal You can temporarily switch off the shutdown feature any time the ignition is on for the current ignition cycle only Use the information display to do so See Information Displays page 90 During the countdown before engine shutdown you are prompted to press OK or RESET depending on your type of information display to temporarily switch the feature off for the current ignition cycle only Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary Vehicles with an Ignition Key 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position P 2 Turn the key to position O 3 Apply the parking brake Vehicles with Keyless Start 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position P 2 Press the button once 3 Apply the parking brake Note This switches off the ignition all electrical circuits warning lamps and indicat
350. ing Entertainment amp Arts Recreation amp Sports Government Domestic Services Subcategories Restaurant Golf Parking Home amp Garden Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Subcategories Personal Care Services Auto Dealership Govt Office Public Transit Education To expand these listings press the in front of the listing The system also allows you to sort alphabetically by distance or by cityseekr listings if available cityseekr Note cityseekr point of interest POI information is limited to approximately 912 cities 881 in the United States 20 in Canada and 11 in Mexico cityseekr E142634 cityseekr when available is a service that provides more information about certain points of interest such as restaurants hotels and attractions When you have selected a point of interest the location and information appear such as address and phone number If cityseekr lists the point of interest more information is available such as a brief description check in and checkout times or restaurant hours MyFord Touch if equipped Press More Information for a longer review a list of services and facilities the average room or meal price as well as the website This screen displays the point of interest icon such as Hotel Coffeehouse Food amp Drink Nightlife Attraction This icon appears w
351. ing hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Wheels and Tires The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature ABC WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest Band C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades Band A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Glossary of Tire Terminology Tire label A label showing the original equipment tire sizes recomm
352. ing Your Phone for the First Phone Menu Options Phone Settings Phone Voice Commands Receiving Calls Text Messaging Post Crash Alert System Power Door Locks See Locking ANd UNLOCKING cesses 58 Power Liftgate Obstacle Detection Opening and Closing the Liftgate Setting the Liftgate Open Height 65 Power S atS cccscssssesesesesssesesesssssessessessseseees 114 Power LUMDat irsinin diis 15 Power Steering Fluid Check 219 Power Windows a Accessory Delay Bounce Back One Touch Down One Touch Up Window Lock Rear Seat Arrest 117 Rear Seats 116 Folding the Seatback Recline Adjustment Unfolding the Seatback Rear Under Floor Storage Adjustable Load Floo Cargo Management System Rear View CamMera eeeseccccsseeeeeeeeeaes 158 Using the Rear View Camera System 158 Rear View Camera See Rear View Camera 158 Rear Window Wiper and Washevs 73 Rear Window WASNhET sseeeee i Rear Window WIDET ccccceseeeeees Recommended Towing Weights Refueling eiia Easy Fuel Capless Fuel System Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Remote Control Car Finder Integrated Keyhead Transmitters Intelligent Access Key Remote Start 0 Replacing the Battery Sounding a Panic Alarm Remote Start Automatic Settings Heated and Cooled Devices z Last Settings aiak siiki
353. ing your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your E143816 Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment kg OR XXX lb for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If you install any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment on the vehicle you must subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload Load Carrying WARNING A The appropriate loading capaci
354. ings The rear defroster heated mirrors and heated or cooled seats do not automatically turn on In cold weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C The rear defroster and heated mirrors automatically turn on Last Settings You can set the climate control to operate using the last climate control settings through the information display setting Remote Start gt Climate Control gt Heater A C gt Last Settings The climate control system automatically uses the settings last selected before you turned off the vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Heated and Cooled Devices The climate control system controls other heated and cooled devices inside the vehicle You can switch these devices on if available and selected to AUTO in the information displays during remote start Heated devices typically switch on during cold weather and cooled devices during hot weather Seats SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNINGS Sitting improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far can take weight off the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor Do not recline the seatback as this can cause the occupant to slide under the safety belt resulting in serious injury in the event of a crash Do not place objects higher than the sea
355. interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Note Recirculated air may turn off automatically or be prevented from turning on in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce risk of fogging Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency G Defrost Press the button to distribute air to the windshield vents and de mister Air distribution to instrument panel and footwell vents turn off You can use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice H Instrument panel Press to distribute air through the instrument panel vents Press again to turn off panel mode Floor Distributes air through the demister vents and front and rear seat floor vents Press again to turn off floor mode J A C Press the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Note In certain conditions such as when using Max Defrost the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A C button Temperature Control Single Zone Temperature Control In this mode the climate control system links the temperature settings for both the driver s side and passenger s side If you adjust the setting using the rotary control on the driver s si
356. inting Load Placement To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving Loadthe heaviestitems closest to the trailer floor Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10 15 of the loaded trailer weight Select a tow bar with the correct rise or drop When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected the trailer frame should be level or slightly angled down toward your ee when viewed from the side When driving with a trailer or payload a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight Additional information regarding proper trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing is located in another chapter of this manual See Load Limit page 170 You can also find the information in the RV amp Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer Towing TRAILER SWAY CONTROL ir Equipped WARNING Turning off trailer sway control LA increases the risk of loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Ford does not recommend disabling this feature except in situations where speed reduction may be detrimental such as hill climbing the driver has significant trailer towing experience and can control trailer sway and
357. ion Software Licenses View the licenses for any software and applications installed on your system Driving Restrictions 91 Assist Voice Command List Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle is moving Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature See Informa tion page 370 In Case of Emergency ICE Quick Dial allows you to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access if there is an emergency Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE land ICE 2 buttons The ICE contacts you select appear at the end of the 911 Assist call process View categorized lists of voice commands Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 346 MyFord Touch it equipped To access Help using the voice commands say Help The system provides allowable press the voice button then after the tone voice commands for the current mode ENTERTAINMENT E161892 AM 1 and AM AST FM 1 FM 2 and FM AST SIRIUS CD USB Touch this button to scroll down for more options such as SD Card BT Stereo and A V In These buttons change with the media mode you are in H Radio memory presets and CD controls monou gt Note Some features may not be available in your area Contact an authorized dealer Browsing Device Content for more information When listening to audio on a device you You
358. ion Press and hold buttons C and D Pull the head restraint up 2 3 Seats Installing the Head Restraint Moving the Seat Backward and Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves Forward and push the head restraint down until it locks Folding the Head Restraint Ss J 1 Press and hold button E t 2 Pullit back up to reset Tilting Head Restraints The front head restraints tilt for extra comfort To tilt the head restraint do the following f E163870 an WARNING Rock the seat backward and forward after releasing the lever to make sure that it is fully engaged Adjusting the Height of the Driver Seat E144727 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding position 2 Pivot the head restraint forward toward e your head to the desired position a After the head restraint reaches the forward most tilt position pivot it forward y again to release it to the rearward un tilted position MANUAL SEATS FJA WARNING y 3 5 E163871 Do not adjust the driver seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving 113 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Seats Recline Adjustment E163872 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 114 WARNING Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position Pull on the seatback to make sure that it has fully latched after returning the seatback to its original position An unlatched seat may
359. ion Display General Information on Radio Frequencies Intelligent Access General Maintenance Information Multi Point Inspection Owner Checks and Services Protecting Your Investment Why Maintain Your Vehicle ccceeeeee Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your D alership Zirnis 420 Getting Assistance Outside the U S and Getting the Services You Ne Away From Home Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 440 Global OP Ning ceccescesessesessessestesesteseeesees 80 Opening the WiINGOWG ccccscseseseseeseeseeneeee 80 Handbrake See Parking Brake c cccccseseseseeseseeeseseeeees 148 Hazard Warning FLASNETS cccseceeceeees 190 Headlamp Exit Delay Head Restraints Adjusting the Head Restraint Heated Seats Heated Windows and Mirrors Heated Exterior Mirror Heated Rear Window Heating See Climate Control Hill Start Assist Using Hill Start ASSISt w ee eeeseeesteseeeee Hints on Controlling the Interior GUM ALE srneci 106 Cooling the Interior QUICKLY cece 107 General Hints Heating the Interior Quickly Maximum Cooling Performance in Instrument Panel or Instrument Panel and Footwell Positions Recommended Settings for Cooling Recommended Settings for Heating Side Window Defogging in Cold Vehicle Stationary for Extended Periods during Extreme High Ambient Temperatures Hints on Driving Wi Hood Lock See Opening and Closing the Hood 210 IBNITI
360. ions it is not 48000 kilometer automatic re eee transmission fluid replacement recommendations see your dealership Example 2 The OILCHANGE service advisor or technician REQUIRED message has not come on but the odometer reads 30000 miles 48000 kilometers for example the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor was reset at 25000 miles 40000 kilometers Perform the engine air filter replacement Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched uled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently service Inspect and lubricate U joints as required A See axle maintenance items under Exceptions Every 30000 miles 48000 Change automatic transmission fluid km Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in heavy commercial use such as delivery taxi patrol car or livery As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched uled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently service Replace cabin air filter as required Replace engine air filter 426 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in heavy commercial use such as delivery taxi patrol car or livery Every 30000 miles
361. ipped Navigation Have the system automatically fill in State Province information Traffic Preferences Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs Have the system display incident icons Have the system display areas where difficult driving conditions may occur Have the system display areas where snow and ice on the road may occur Have the system display any smog alerts Have the system display weather warnings Have the system display where there may be reduced visibility Have the system switch on your radio for traffic announcements Have the system avoid traffic problems automatically Switch traffic alert notifications on and off Have the system display accident icons Have the system display traffic jam icons Have the system display closed roads Avoid Areas Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid on planned navigation routes Phone Press the Settings icon gt hs Settings gt Phone then select from the following Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 343 MyFord Touch if equipped Phone Bluetooth Devices Connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth on and off Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside your vehicle With this feature turned on text message notifica
362. ir cannot enter your vehicle when you switch off the system B Passenger settings Touch or to adjust the temperature O Fan speed Touch or to adjust fan speed D DUAL Touch to switch on the passenger temperature control 379 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch i equipped E Recirculated air Touch to turn the recirculated air on or off which may reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior and help reduce odors from reaching the interior Recirculated air also engages automatically when MAX A C or MAX defrost is selected and may be engaged manually in any airflow mode except defrost It may also turn off in all airflow modes except MAX A C and MAX defrost to reduce fog potential F MAX A C Touch to cool your vehicle with recirculated air Touch again for normal A C operation MAX A C distributes air through instrument panel vents and may help reduce odors from entering your vehicle MAX A C is more economical and efficient than normal A C mode G A C Touch to turn the air conditioning on or off Use A C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency A C engages automatically in MAX A C defrost and footwell defrost H AUTO Touch to engage automatic operation then set the temperature using the temperature control The system automatically controls fan speed airflow distribution A C on or off and the use of fresh or recirculated air Manual airflow distr
363. irror built into the upper outboard A Left hand mirror corner of the exterior mirrors They are B Off designed to increase your visibility along the side of your vehicle E70846 E Right hand mirror Check the main mirror first before a lane Ey change then check the blind spot mirror If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance signal that you intend a gt to change lanes Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes 70847 y Press the arrows to adjust the mirror Fold Away Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position Heated Exterior Mirrors if Equipped See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 109 Memory Mirrors if Equipped You can save and recall the mirror positions through the memory function See Memory Function page 115 E138665 81 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Windows and Mirrors The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches A The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches B The vehicle will transi
364. irst Printing Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q muti point inspection recommended Multi point inspection recommended O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 433 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Scheduled Maintenance 434 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q muti point inspection recommended Multi point inspection recommended O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 435 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 436 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Index 4 4WD See Four Wheel Drive A A C See Climate Control About This Manual ABS See Brakes ABS driving hints See Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Accessories Exterior Style Interior Style Lifestyle Peace of Mind Accessories See Replacement Parts Recommendation Active Park Assist Automatic Steering into Parking iS 61 155 Deactivating the Park Assist Feature 156 Troubleshooting the System 197 Using Active Park Assist Adjusting the Headlamp6 cccseeee 222 Horizontal Aim Adjustment 224 Vertical Aim Adjustment 222 Adjusting the Steering Wheel 69 Airbag DISPOSAL ccscssesestssestesestesesteseeneene 47 Air Conditioning See Climate COntrol cccccssssessesseeseeseeseesens 103 Alarm See Anti Theft Alarm 6
365. is UN located on the instrument panel Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists Press the button to turn on the hazard warning function and the front and rear direction indicators will flash Press the button again to turn them off FUEL SHUTOFF WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicle includes a fuel pump shutoff feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shutoff Should your vehicle shut off after a collision you may restart your vehicle For vehicles equipped with a key system 1 Switch off the ignition 2 Switch on the ignition 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to re enable the fuel pump For vehicles equipped with a push button start system 1 Press the START STOP button to switch off the ignition 2 Press the brake pedal and press the START STOP button to start the vehicle Roadside Emergencies 3 Remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the START STOP button to switch off the ignition You can either attempt to start the engine by pressing the brake pedal and the START STOP button or switch on the ignition only by pressing the START STOP button witho
366. ision herein is held unenforceable then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect 8 6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement As used in this Agreement the words include and including and variations thereof will not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation 9 Other Vendors Terms and Conditions The Telenav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users This Agreement includes end user terms applicable to these companies included at the end of this Appendices Agreement and thus your use of the Telenav Software is also subject to such terms You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions which are applicable to Telenav s third party vendor licensors 9 1 End User Terms Required by HERE North America LLC The data Data is provided for your personal internal use only and not for resale It is protected by copyright and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you on the one hand and Telenav
367. ission is hot Wait as needed to let it cool 4WD fault Service Amber The system is not functioning correctly and required defaulted to front wheel drive See your authorized dealer See Using Four Wheel Drive page 142 4WD Off Amber Displays when the system disables automatic ally and enters front wheel drive only mode to protect driveline components See Using Four Wheel Drive page 142 4WD temporarily Amber The system has overheated and defaulted to disabled front wheel drive See Using Four Wheel Drive page 142 4WD restored Displays when system operation has been restored See Using Four Wheel Drive page 142 Transmission not in Park Select P Displays as a reminder to shift into park Press brake to unlock gearshift lever Displays to request the operator to apply the brake as needed by the transmission Gearshift lever unlocked Displays when the transmission shift lever is unlocked and free to select gears Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 101 Information Displays Tire Pressure Monitoring System Message Message Action Indicator Low Tire Pressure Amber Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 255 Tire Pressure Monitor Amber Displays when the tire pressure monitoring Fault system is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your author
368. ist switch See Active Park Assist page 154 J Heated rear window switch See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 109 K Climate controls See Climate Control page 103 L Start button See Keyless Starting page 125 M Audio control See Audio Control page 69 Telephone control See Using SYNC With Your Phone page 295 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Ata Glance N Ignition switch See Ignition Switch page 125 O Steering wheel adjustment See Adjusting the Steering Wheel page 69 P Horn Q Cruise control switches See Using Cruise Control page 161 R Information display controls See Information Displays page 90 S Lighting control See Lighting Control page 74 Fog lamps See Front Fog Lamps page 77 Instrument lighting dimmer See Manual Climate Control page 103 Rear Exterior Overview A B Cc oni G F E D E178123 17 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing AtaGlance See Changing a Bulb page 224 See Checking the Wiper Blades page 221 See Changing a Bulb page 224 See Refueling page 134 See Changing a Road Wheel page 258 Tire pressures See Tire Care page 240 Spare wheel jack and lug wrench See Changing a Road Wheel page 258 Fuel funnel See Running Out of Fuel page 132 Oommnmoovoaow gt Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Child Safety GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restr
369. itional five seconds before proceeding with Step 3 Once you start Step 3 you must complete the procedure within 60 seconds 3 For the seating position you are switching off buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state After Step 3 the safety belt warning light turns on Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 4 While the safety belt warning light is on buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt After Step 4 the safety belt warning light flashes for confirmation This will switch the feature off for that seating position if it is currently on This will switch the feature on for that seating position if it is currently off CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seat back if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a crash Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific
370. itle such as California remix featuring Jennifer Nettles If the song titles are in all CAPS you have to spell them LOLA requires you to say L O L A Do not use special charac ters in the title The system does not recognize them SYNC does not understand or is calling the wrong contact when want to make a call Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be saying the name differently than the way you Saved it 394 Review the Phone voice commandsat the beginning of the phone section MyFord Touch it equipped Voice command issues Possible cause s Possible solution s The system may not be reading the name the same way you are saying it Contacts in your phonebook may be very short and similar or they may contain special characters Your phonebook contacts may be in CAPS Make sure you are saying the contacts exactly as they are listed For example if you save a contact as Joe Wilson say Call Joe Wilson Using the SYNC phone menu open the phonebook and scroll to the name SYNC is having trouble understanding SYNC will read the name to you giving you some idea of the pronunciation SYNC is expecting The system works better if you list full names such as Joe Wilson rather than Joe Do not use special charac ters such as 123 or ICE as the system does not recog nize them If a contact is i
371. ity Wet weather driving capability All wheel driving capability When driving with the full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly additional caution should be given to Towing a trailer Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and seek service as soon as possible Tire Change Procedure WARNINGS When one of the front wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will not prevent your vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the transmission is in park P or neutral N To help prevent your vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure to place the transmission in park P or neutral N set the parking brake and block in both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end of your vehicle to the tire being changed Wheels and Tires WARNINGS Never get underneath a vehicle that is supported only by a jack If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel Always use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle If using a jack other than the one provided as original eq
372. ives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by your vehicle warranty Note Make sure that the oil level is between the minimum and the maximum E169062 marks Note The oil consumption of new engines A MIN reaches its normal level after approximately B MAX 3000 mi 5 000 km Adding Engine Oil ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK 1 6L ECOBOOST E188072 E142732 a Only use oils certified for gasoline engines A Minimum by the American Petroleum Institute API B Maximum An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and ENGINE OIL CHECK fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification 1 Make sure that your vehicle is on level Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of ground U S and Japanese automobile 2 Check the oil level before starting the manufacturers engine or switch the engine off and wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 215 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Maintenance WARNINGS Only add oil when the engine is cold If the engine is hot wait 10 minutes for the engine to cool down Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running 1 Remove the engine oil filler cap 2 Add engine oil that meets Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications page 264 3 Replace the engine oil filler cap Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resist
373. ized dealer See Tire Pressure Monit oring System page 255 Tire Pressure Sensor Amber Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is Fault malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions see See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 255 If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Traction Control Message Message Action Indicator Traction control off Displays when the traction control system has been switched off See Using Traction Control page 149 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 102 Climate Control MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL E141421 A B Fan speed control Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Adjust to select the desired fan speed Recirculated air Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When recirculated air is selected the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may also reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Note Recirculated air may turn off automatically or be prevented from turning on in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce risk of fogging Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency Temperatur
374. k Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than three seconds will limit engine rom which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury Understanding the Positions of Your Automatic Transmission Putting your vehicle in gear 1 Fully press down the brake pedal 2 Press and hold the button on the front of the gearshift lever 3 Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear 4 Release the button and your transmission will remain in the selected gear E133124 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning Come to a complete stop before putting your vehicle into and out of P Park R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six S Sport Moving the gearshift lever to S Sport Provides additional grade engine braking and extend
375. l Cleaner ZC 56 on Lincoln Black Label Presidential or Reserve Leathers because it can damage those and other semi aniline leather seating fabrics It can also damage surround microfiber accent surfaces To clean Lincoln Black Label Presidential or Reserve Leathers first vacuum the seats to remove loose dirt Then wipe the leather with a clean soft cloth dampened with lukewarm water and a mild soap Wiper the leather again with a slightly damp cloth to remove soap residue and dry with a soft cloth To maintain the leather s resiliency it should be cleaned whenever soiled REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Authorized dealers have touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Your vehicle color code is printed on a sticker on the front left hand side door jamb Take your color code to your authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color Before repairing minor paint damage use a cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover to remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout Always read the instructions before using cleaning products CLEANING THE ALLOY WH EELS If Equipped Note Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Note Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers Note ndustrial strength or heavy duty cleaners in combination with
376. l Link Alerts MyFord Touch if equipped Calendar Apps ENTERTAINMENT Press to select any of the following AM FM SIRIUS CD USB BT Stereo SD Card A V In Depending on your vehicle and option package you may also have these controls on your bezel Power Switch the media or climate features off and on VOL Control the volume of playing media Seek and Tune Use as you normally would in media modes Eject Eject a CD from the entertainment system SOURCE Touch the word repeatedly to see all available media modes The screen does not change but you see the media change in the lower left status bar M Touch repeatedly to cycle through available media modes SOUND Touch the word to access the Sound menu where you can adjust settings such as Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode and Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have all of these sound options Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Using Your Steering Wheel Controls Depending on your vehicle and option package you can use your steering wheel controls to interact with the touchscreen system VOL Control the volume of audio output Seek While in radio mode press to seek between memory presets or press and hold to seek between stations While in USB or CD mode press to seek between tracks or press and hold to fast seek Voice Press to start a voice session
377. l player volume down If the problem of the FM station or CD by switching persists replace or recharge the back and forth between the controls batteries in the portable media player In order to playback video from your iPod Control the portable media player in or iPhone you must have a special the same manner when used with combination USB RCA composite video headphones as the auxiliary input jack cable which you can buy from Apple does not provide control such as Play When you connect the cable to your iPod or Pause over the attached portable or iPhone plug the other end into both the media player RCA jacks and the USB port PHONE E161968 364 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch it equipped Phone Quick Dial Phonebook History Messaging Settings nmo n0w gt Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC Once you pair your phone you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions Answering an incoming call Ending a call Using privacy mode Dialing a number Redialing Call waiting notification Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your
378. l restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 54 MyKey CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM You can find information on programmed STATUS MykKey s using the information display control on the steering wheel See Information Displays page 90 To find information on a programed MyKey s press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to Message Description Settings MyKey Press the OK button Press the OK button Select one of the following MyKey Dist Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear your MyKey If the distance does not accumulate as expected then the intended user is not using the MyKey or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey 0 MyKeys Indicates the number of MyKeys programed to your vehicle Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted 0 Admin Keys Indicates how many admin keys are programed to your vehicle Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle and detect if an additional MyKey has been programed Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 55 MyKey USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE Ford approved aftermarket remote start START SYSTEMS systems If you choose to in
379. large fan icon or small fan icon to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in the vehicle Pressing one of the fan speed buttons while in AUTO takes the system out of AUTO fan mode Power Press the button to turn the system on and off Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle MAX Defrost Press the button to maximize defrosting Outside air flows through the windshield vents fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full heat position You can use this setting to defog or clear a thin covering of ice from the windshield The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX Defrost Note To prevent window fogging you cannot select recirculated air when MAX Defrost is on MAX A C and Passenger temperature control Press the button to maximize cooling Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed 104 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Climate Control Turn the control to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle This turns on dual zone mode F Recirculated air Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the
380. ling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin clothing or both promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction Fuel and Refueling FUEL QUALITY Choosing the Right Fuel Use only UNLEADED gasoline or UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 15 ethanol in your gasoline vehicle If your vehicle is a Flex Fuel Vehicle FFV it will have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet Do not use Fuels contai
381. ll illuminate Note All doors will unlock if the two stage unlocking feature is disabled See Locking and Unlocking page 58 To Unlock All Doors Enter the factory set code or your personal code then press 3 4 control within five seconds To Lock All Doors Press and hold 7 8 and 9 0 at the same time with the driver door closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first Security PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM Note The system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Metallic objects electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting problems if they are too close to the key when starting the engine Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine Switch the ignition off move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart the engine if a problem occurs Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle SecuriLock The system is an engine immobilization system It is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded key programmed to your vehicle is used Using the wrong key may prevent the engine from starting A message may appear in the information display If you are unable to start the engine with
382. ll mode s Scroll cursor allows you to scroll 4 the map the fixed icon is in the 4 center of the screen The map position closest to the cursor is in a window on the top center part of the screen Address book entry default r icon s indicates the location on Le themap ofan address book entry This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map You can select from any of the 22 icons available You can use each icon more than once Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the s home position You can only save one address from the Address Book as your Home entry You cannot change this icon POI Point Of Interest icons indicate locations of any point of interest categories you choose to display on the map You can choose to display three point of interest categories on the map at one time Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Starting point indicates the i starting point of a planned route Waypoint indicates the location of a waypoint on the map The number inside the circle is different for each waypoint and represents the position of the waypoint in the route list at Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned route ar Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route No GPS symbol indicates that CxS insufficient GPS satellite signals are available fo
383. ll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up and Thumbs down For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com o x To Access Using Voice Commands 1 Press the voice icon 2 When prompted say Mobile Apps 3 Say the name of the application after the tone 4 The app should start While an app is running through SYNC you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app such as Play Station Quickmix Say Help to discover available voice commands Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing USING SYNC WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER You can access and play music from your digital music player over your vehicle s speaker system using the system s media menu or voice commands You can also sort and play your music by specific categories such as artist and album Note The system is capable of indexing up to 6 000 songs SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune Plays from device players and most USB drives SYNC also supports audio formats such as MP3 WMA WAV and ACC Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the USB Port Note f your digital media player has a power switch make sure you switch it on before plugging it in To Connect Using Voice Commands 1 Plug the device into the USB port 2 Press the voice icon and when prompte
384. llar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 43 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 0 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Note f you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot for example driven more than 1 mi 1 6 km never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note f you have to drivea distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go Up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 248 Wheels and Tires
385. loyees and agents from and against any claim demand or action irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim demand or action alleging loss costs expenses damages or injuries including injuries resulting in death arising out of the use or possession of the data or the Data 4 Additional Provisions The terms contained in this Section are in addi tion to all of the rights and obligations of the parties under the Agreement To the extent that any of the provi sions of this Section are inconsistent with or conflict with any other provi sions of the Agreement the provisions of this Section shall prevail Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing ll Mexico The following provision applies to the Data for Mexico which includes certain data from the Instituto Nacional de Estadistica y Geografia INEGI A Any and all copies of the Data and or packaging containing Data for Mexico shall contain the following notice Fuente INEGI Instituto Nacional de Estadistica y Geografia Ill Latin America Territory A Third Party Notices Any and all copies of the Data and or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory or portion thereof included in such copy Territory Notice Ecuador INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO MILITAR DEL ECUADOR AUTORIZACION N IGM 2011 01 PCO 01 DEL 25 DE ENERO DE 2011 sou
386. lth Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as Vehicle diagnostic information Scheduled maintenance Open recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by an authorized dealer that still need servicing You can run a report after your vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 seconds by pressing the voice button and saying Vehicle Health Report or pressing the phone button To run a report using the phone button SYNC If Equipped 1 Press the phone button to enter phone 3 Scroll to select from the following menu options 2 Scroll to select Vehicle Health and then press OK Vehicle Health Report options Automatic Reports Press OK to and select On or Off Select On to have SYNC automatically prompt you to run a health report at certain mileage intervals User Preferences Press OK to
387. lular phone Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help SYNC If Equipped Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu 1 2 3 Press the phone button to enter the phone menu Scroll to Services Press OK to confirm and enter the Services menu The display indicates the system is connecting Press OK SYNC initiates the call to the Services portal Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request
388. m other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote s providers If so all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data except in a Tag associated witha music file to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your licenses terminate you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote respectively reserve all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content including all ownership rights Und
389. maintain safe operation Note This feature does not prevent trailer sway but reduces it once it begins Note This feature cannot stop all trailers from swaying Note n some cases if vehicle speed is too high the system may activate multiple times gradually reducing vehicle speed This feature applies the vehicle brakes at individual wheels and if necessary reduces engine power If the trailer begins to sway the stability control light flashes The first thing to do is slow the vehicle down then pull safely to the side of the road and check for proper tongue load and trailer load distribution See Load Carrying page 168 RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS Note Do not exceed the trailer weight for your vehicle configuration listed in the chart below Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Note Be sure to take into consideration trailer frontal area Do not exceed 20 fee 1 86 meters if your vehicle is not equipped with a towing package or 30 feet 2 79 meters if your vehicle is equipped with a towing package Note For high altitude operation reduce the gross combined weight by 2 per 1000 feet 300 meters starting at the 1000 foot 300 meter elevation point Note Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight as the
390. n or save it asa favorite The system considers any Avoid Areas selections in its route calculation 3 Choose from upto three different types of routes and then select Start Route Fastest Uses the fastest moving roads possible Shortest Uses the shortest distance possible Eco Route Uses the most fuel efficient route You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways tollroads ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use high occupancy vehicle lanes High occupancy vehicle lanes are also known as carpool or diamond lanes People who ride in buses vanpools or carpools use these lanes MyFord Touch it equipped Note f your vehicle is on a recognized road and you do not press the Start Route button the system defaults to the Fastest Route option and begins guidance During route guidance you can press the talking bubble icon that appears in the upper right navigation corner green bar if you want the system to repeat route guidance information When the system repeats the last guidance instruction it updates the distance to the next guidance instruction since it detects when the vehicle is moving Point of Interest POI Categories Main categories Food Drink amp Dining Travel amp Transportation Financial Emergency Community Health amp Medicine Automotive Shopp
391. n CAPS you have to spell it JAKE requires you to say Call J A K E MyFord Touch System Reset The MyFord Touch system has System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC feature is lost This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any information previously stored in the system such as paired devices phonebook call history text messages or user settings To perform a System Reset press and hold the Seek Up gt gt button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button After approximately 5 seconds the screen will go black Allow a 1 2 minutes for the system reset to complete You may then resume using the SYNC system Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 395 Accessories For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact an authorized dealer or visit our online store at www Accessories Ford com United States only Ford Custom Accessories are available for your vehicle through an authorized Ford dealer Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer installed Ford Genuine Accessory found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories Ford Motor Company will warrant your Ford Genuine Accessory through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit 24 months unlimited mil
392. n functions C CD slot Insert a CD D OK Press to confirm menu selections E Clock Press to set the time Use the cursor arrows to set the hours and minutes Press OK to confirm the time You can also set the clock by pressing MENU and scrolling to Clock Settings F TUNE Press to manually search the frequency band Use the cursor arrows to change the frequency G Number block In radio mode store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns In CD mode press one of these buttons to select a track 274 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Audio System H Seek forward Press and release the right side of the control to go to the next preset radio station or disc track Press and hold this side of the control to fast forward or reverse to the next strong radio station memory preset or through the current disc track ON OFF Press to switch the system on and off Turn to adjust the volume J Seek reverse Press and release the left side of the control to go to the previous preset radio station or disc track Press and hold this side of the control to reverse to the previous strong radio station memory preset or disc track K MENU Press to access different audio system features See Menu Structure later in this section L INFO Press to access any available radio information M SOUND Press to access settings for Treble Middle Bass
393. n scroll to System Settings Press OK 2 Scroll to Bluetooth Devices Press OK 3 Scroll to Add Bluetooth Device Press OK 4 When Find SYNC appears in the isplay press OK 5 Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s manual if necessary 6 When prompted on your phone s isplay enter the six digit PIN provided y SYNC in the radio display The isplay indicates when the pairing is successful The system then prompts with questions such as if you would like to set the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up and download your phone book Q aoga Phone Voice Commands Press the voice icon and say Phone Say any of the following PHONE Call lt name gt wiz Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work 12 Call lt name gt in office 2 Call lt name gt on mobile OR cell wh2 Call lt name gt on other Call history incoming Call history missed SYNC If Equipped PHONE n2 Call history outgoing 2 Connections Dial Go to privacy Hold Join n24 Menu Phone book lt name gt DIAL 411 four one one 911 nine one one 700 seven hundred 800 eight hundred 900 nine hundred Pound Number lt 0 9 gt Asterisk Clear
394. n the shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the road You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly It may be less risky to strike small objects such as freeway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the road which could cause your vehicle to slide sideways out of control or roll over Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern Emergency Maneuvers In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle i e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering can result Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing in loss of vehicle control Apply smooth pressure to the accelerator pedal or brake pedal when changes in vehicle speed are required Avoid abrupt steering acceleration and braking This could result in an increased risk of vehicle roll over loss of vehicle control and personal injury Use all available road surface to bring your vehicle to a safe direction of travel In the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements If your vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way your vehicle responds to a maneuver i e
395. n weight for the last 8 12 in 20 30 cm Note Make sure that the hood is correctly closed 211 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 1 6L ECOBOOST A B E157261 A Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly Engine oil dipstick Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap zz QO Tmon w 212 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 2 0L ECOBOOST G E146022 Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly Engine oil filler cap Windshield washer fluid reservoir IOn monou DY 213 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 2 5L E146023 H Windshield washer fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly IOn monou Fe 214 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Maintenance ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK 2 0L 3 Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean lint free cloth Replace the ECOBOOST 2 5L dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level If the oil level is at the minimum mark add oil immediately See Capacities and Specifications page 264 Do not use supplemental engine oil addit
396. ncy Towing If your vehicle becomes inoperable without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle it can be flat towed all wheels onthe ground regardless of the powertrain and transmission configuration under the following conditions Your vehicle is facing forward for towing in a forward direction Place the transmission in position N If you cannot move the transmission into N you may need to override it See Transmission page 139 Maximum speed is 35 mph 56 km h Maximum distance is 50 mi 80 km Recreational Towing Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle See Climate Control page 103 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational RV towing An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission Front wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat towed all wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur You must place the front wheels ona two wheel tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider Four wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat towed all wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four 4 wheels off the ground
397. nd hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release either one until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful training 4 Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for five seconds then release You may need to do this twice to activate the door If your garage door does not operate watch the HomeLink indicator light If the indicator light stays on the programming is complete See Programming your garage door motor later in this section If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light the HomeLink button is not programmed yet Do the following Press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release the hand held transmitter button every 2 seconds The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly once the HomeLink function button recognizes and accepts the hand held transmitter s radio frequency signal After programming the HomeLink button begin programming your garage door opener motor Note You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens on your garage door opener Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 4 E142659 To program additional buttons repeat Steps 1 4 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www hom
398. nd services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle Precautions Do not work on a hot engine Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Working with the Engine Off 1 Set the parking brake and shift to park P 2 Switch off the engine 3 Block the wheels Working with the Engine On WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 Set the parking brake and shift to park P 2 Block the wheels OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD Opening the Hood m E142457 1 Pull the hood release lever 2 Slightly lift the hood Maintenance g cog Z 3 Move the catch to the right to release the hood E87786 4 Open the hood and support it with the hood strut Closing the Hood 1 Remove the hood strut from the catch and secure it correctly in the clip 2 Lower the hood and allow it to drop under its ow
399. ndidates Phone candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the phone candidate list The system may occasion ally ask you questions Phone candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for phone candidates Helpful Hints Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken before this does not register with the system Speak naturally without long pauses between words At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing USING SYNC WITH YOUR PHONE Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions Answering an incoming call Ending a call Using privacy mode Dialing a number Redialing Call waiting notification Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s manual and visit www SYNCMyRide
400. ndows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system Speak naturally without long pauses between words At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon Accessing a List of Available Commands If you use the touchscreen press the Settings icon gt Help gt Voice Command List If you use the steering wheel control press the voice icon After the tone speak your command clearly MyFord Touch if equipped Available voice commands Audio list of commands Bluetooth audio list of commands Browse list of commands CD list of commands Climate control list of commands List of commands Navigation list of commands Phone list of commands Radio list of commands SD card list of commands Sirius satellite list of commands Travel link list of commands USB list of commands Voice instructions list of commands Voice settings list of commands Help This command is only available when your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system and the navigation system SD card is in the card slot This command is only available when you have an activ
401. nds of the support rod into the retention slots located on the rear quarter trim panels Load Carrying ROOF RACKS AND LOAD CARRIERS WARNING When loading the roof racks we recommend you evenly distribute the load as well as maintain a low center of gravity Loaded vehicles with higher centers of gravity may handle differently than unloaded vehicles Take extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance when driving a heavily loaded vehicle The maximum recommended load evenly distributed on the crossbars is 100 pounds 45 kilograms for vehicles without a moonroof 45 pounds 20 kilograms for vehicles with a moonroof Note Never place loads directly on the roof panel The roof panel is not designed to directly carry a load For correct roof rack system function you must place loads directly on crossbars affixed to the roof rack side rails When using the roof rack system we recommend you use Ford Genuine Accessory crossbars designed specifically for your vehicle Make sure that you securely fasten the load Check the tightness of the load before driving and at each fuel stop Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 169 Adjusting the Crossbar if Equipped Note For less wind noise and better aerodynamics only install the crossbars when you need them for carrying cargo If you prefer to keep the crossbars installed the front crossbar has two positions The front positi
402. needle will remain in the center section Note Do not restart the engine until the cause of overheating has been resolved If the needle enters the red section the engine is overheating Stop the engine switch the ignition off and determine the cause once the engine has cooled down See Engine Coolant Check page 216 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Fuel Gauge Note The fuel gauge level may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or when driving ona slope Switch the ignition on The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is in the fuel tank The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol shows the fuel filler door side of your vehicle The needle will move toward full when you refuel your vehicle If the needle still points to empty after adding fuel have your vehicle repaired After refueling the needle may not always return to exactly the same position This is normal Note t may take a short time for the needle to reach full after refueling and driving This is normal and may be due to the slope of pavement at the service station Note The fuel pumped into the tank may differ slightly from the fuel gauge This is normal and may be due to the slope of pavement at the service station Note f the service station nozzle shuts off before the tank is full complete refueling at a different pump Low Fuel Level Reminder Vehicles with no distance to empty display A low fuel level reminder light
403. nents and includes many high tech items 3 BaseCARE Covers 84 components 4 PowertrainCARE Covers 29 critical components Ford Extended Service Plan is honored by all authorized Ford dealers in the U S and Canada It is the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing That means you get Reliable quality service at any Ford or Lincoln dealership Repairs performed by factory trained technicians using genuine parts Rental Car Reimbursement Ist day Rental Benefit You take advantage of replacement transportation if your vehicle is at your authorized dealer for same day covered repairs Extended Rental Benefits If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including bumper to bumper warranty repairs and Field Service Actions Roadside Assistance Exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts Out of fuel and lock out assistance Travel expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Extended Service Plan coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you sell your vehicle prospective buyers may have a higher degree of confidence t
404. nents continue to work properly Use only the specified fuel listed Avoid running out of fuel Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed inscheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If you use parts other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be the equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability Illumination of the service engine soon indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly Fuel and Refueling An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or pre
405. ng Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Compression Touch this button to turn the compression feature on and off Browse Touch this button to look through all available CD tracks CD Voice Commands If you are listening to a CD press us the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to a CD press the voice button and after the tone say CD then any of the following commands MyFord Touch it equipped ncp Pause Play g Play next track O Q O DA Play previous track Play track lt 1 512 gt E142619 The SD card slot is located either in the Repeat folder center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access Repeat off and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen Repeat Repeat track Shuffle Shuffle CD OA Shuffle folder a Shuffle off E142620 Help SD logo is a trademark of SD 3C LLC This applies to WMA or MP3 files only USB Port SD Card Slot and USB Port SD Card g Note Your SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card press the card in and the system ejects it Do not attempt to O Q O pull the card to remove it as this could cause damage Note The navigation system also uses this
406. ng a kicking motion with your foot for hands free liftgates From the Instrument Panel Press the instrument panel button With the Remote Control 7A Press the remote control button 2X fm twice within three seconds Locks Hands Free Feature Make sure you have an intelligent access transmitter within 3 ft 1 m of the liftgate at 1 Move your foot under and away from the rear bumper similar to a kicking motion Do not move your foot sideways or the sensors may not detect the motion For vehicles equipped with both the hands free liftgate and trailer tow move your foot under the bumper between the trailer hitch and the exhaust 2 The liftgate powers open or close Note Allow the power system to open the liftgate Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system s obstacle detection feature and stops the power operation Note Splashing water may cause the hands free liftgate to open Keep the intelligent access transmitter away from the rear bumper detection area while washing your Car E161602 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing With the Outside Control Button Opening Unlock the liftgate with the remote control or power door unlock control If an intelligent access transmitter is within 3 ft 1 m of the liftgate the liftgate unlocks when you press the liftgate release button E138632 2 Press the control button located in the top of the liftgate pull cup handle
407. ng voice commands You may be saying the name differently than the way you Saved it The system may not be reading the name the same way you are Saying it Review the media voice commandsat the beginning of the media section Say the song or artist exactly as listed If you say Play Artist Prince the system does not play music by Prince and the Revolution or Prince and the New Power Generation Make sure you are saying the complete title such as California remix featuring Jennifer Nettles If the song titles are in all CAPS you have to spell them LOLA requires you to say L O L A Do not use special charac ters in the title The system does not recognize them SYNC does not understand or is calling the wrong contact when want to make a call Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be saying the name differently than the way you Saved it 325 Review the Phone voice commandsat the beginning of the phone section SYNC If Equipped Voice command issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s The system may not be Make sure you are saying the reading the name the same contacts exactly as they are way you are saying it listed For example if you Contacts in your phonebook save a contact as Joe may be very short and Wilson say Call Joe similar or they may contain Wilson special characte
408. ng brake 1 Press the foot brake pedal firmly 2 Pull the parking brake lever up to its fullest extent Note f you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill move the transmission selector lever to position P and turn the steering wheel away from the curb Note f you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill move the transmission selector lever to P and turn the steering wheel toward the curb To release the parking brake 1 Press the brake pedal firmly 2 Pull the lever up slightly 3 Press the release button and push the lever down HILL START ASSIST WARNINGS The system does not replace the parking brake When you leave your vehicle always apply the parking brake and put the transmission in park P You must remain in your vehicle once you have activated the system A During all times you are responsible for controlling your vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required 1 148 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing WARNINGS If the engine is revved excessively or if a malfunction is detected the system will be deactivated I The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake When the system is active your vehicle will remain stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal This allows you time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal T
409. ng those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode See Step 5 This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat E142528 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt E142529 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together Child Safety E142530 E142875 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt 5 To put the retractor in the automatic
410. ngs Clear all MyKey features When you have created a MyKey you can access the following information using the information display How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle The total distance your vehicle has traveled using any MyKey Note All MyKeys are programmed to the same settings You cannot program them individually Note For vehicles with keyless start when both a MyKey transmitter and an admin transmitter are present the admin transmitter will be recognized by the vehicle to start the engine Non configurable Settings The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user Belt minder You cannot disable this feature The audio system will mute when the safety belts are not fastened Early low fuel warning The low fuel warning activates earlier giving the MyKey user more time to refuel Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Driver assist features if equipped on your vehicle are forced on parking aid blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert lane departure warning and forward collision warning system Satellite radio adult content restrictions Configurable Settings With an admin key you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key Vehicle speed limits can be set Warnings will be shown in the displa
411. ngs and Indicators Information Displays General INfFOrMatiOn ccccceseeseseeeseeeeees 90 Trip Computer Information Messages Climate Control Manual Climate Control 103 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Automatic Climate Control 104 Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate aesmar tee reer reper eeree reer renee re 106 Heated Windows and Mirrors c 00 109 Cabin Air Filter eiccscccesvcseevesseesessesecsesecsesecsitecs 109 Remote StaMt cccccesssssseseesesssesssseeseseseees 109 Seats Sitting in the Correct Position 0 111 Head Restraints miar 111 Manual Seats 113 Power Seats wll4 Memory Function NS Rear SCA tS icsccsssccsesesessesssccrersesescesesrereeveseezencs 116 Heated S at ccccscscesssssesesesessseseseeesees 117 Rear Seat Arrest 117 Universal Garage Door Opener Universal Garage Door OpenEr 118 Auxiliary Power Points Auxiliary Power POInts ccccseeseseeeseees 122 Storage Compartments Genter Console ikse hidiaddidan 124 Overhead CONSOL ccccsessssessesessestesesesees 124 Starting and Stopping the Engine General INFOrmation la nitiOn SWITE hei Keyless Starting i iii Starting a Gasoline Engine z Engine Block H atel c cccessesssesesestesesees Fuel and Refueling Safety PreCaUtions c ccccccsessesessesseseeseseens 131 Fuel Quality a Running Out Of Fuel eseseeteseeteeees 132 Table of Contents
412. ning more than 15 ethanol or E 85 fuel Fuels containing methanol Fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds Fuels containing the octane booster additive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT Leaded fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Note Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertrain damage impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle performance Any damage to vehicle that is caused by use of fuel not recommended will not be covered under warranty Octane Recommendations R M 2 METHOD E161513 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage 2 5L Engines We recommend regular unleaded gasoline witha pump octane rating of 87 Some fuel stations offer fuels posted as regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas We do not recommend fuels with an octane rating below 87 1 6L and 2 0L EcoBoost Engines We recommend regular unleaded gasoline witha pump octane rating of 87 Some fuel stations offer fuels posted as regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas We do not recommend fuels with an octane rating below 87
413. nna clear of Snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal interfer Your display may show ACQUIRING to indicate the ence interference and the audio system may mute Troubleshooting tips Radio display Cause Action Acquiring Radio requires more than No action required This two seconds to produce message should disappear audio for the selected shortly channel Sat Fault SIRIUS System There is an internal module If this message does not Failure or system failure present clear shortly or with an igni tion key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Invalid Channel The channel is no longer Tune to another channel or available choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 include this channel 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel No Signal The signal is lost fromthe The signal is blocked When SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS you move into an open area tower to yo
414. nnels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally TAG allows you to save a song to download later when you are onan acquired HD Radio station and the feature is on To turn the feature on and use it 1 Press AM or FM gt Options gt TAG Button gt On 2 When you hear a song you like touch TAG 3 The system automatically saves the song s information and transfers it to your portable music player if supported when you connect it to the system The system automatically transfers the tag to your player if already connected and a pop up confirms the transfer 4 When you access iTunes with your portable music player the tags appear to you as a reminder The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs For a list of devices that support tagging see www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca MyFord Touch it equipped When HD Radio broadcasts are active you Memory presets allow you to save an can access the following functions active channel as a memory preset Scan allows you to hear a brief Touch and hold a memory preset slot sampling of all available stations This until the sound returns There is a brief feature still works when HD Radio mute while the radio saves the station reception is on although it doe
415. nt is in fault mode The power point temporarily turns off if you exceed the 150 watt limit When overloaded overheated or shorted the power point can also switch to a fault mode For overloading and shorting conditions unplug your device then switch the ignition off and back on For overheating conditions let the system cool then switch the ignition off and back on Do not use the power point to power electric devices such as Cathode ray tube type televisions Motor loads such as vacuum cleaners electric saws and other electric power tools compressor driven refrigerators etc Measuring devices which process precise data such as medical equipment measuring equipment etc Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply microcomputer controlled electric blankets touch sensor lamps etc Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 123 Storage Compartments CENTER CONSOLE Stow items in the cupholder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking acceleration or collisions including hot drinks which may spill Available console features include yo E142433 A Cupholder B Storage compartment with auxiliary power point auxiliary input jack USB port and media hub C Auxiliary power point OVERHEAD CONSOLE E131605 Press near the rear edge of the door to open it 124 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORM
416. nt of you The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings The system also asks short questions confirmation prompts whenit is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request When using voice commands words and icons may appear in the lower left status bar indicating the status of the voice session such as Listening Success Failed Paused or Try Again Howto Use Voice Commands with Your System Press the voice icon After the us tone speak your command clearly during a voice session These commands can be said at any time Cancel Exit Go back List of commands Main menu Next page Previous page What can say Help Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 335 What Can I Say To access the available voice commands for the current session do one of the following During a voice session press the Help icon in the lower left status bar of the screen Say What can say for an on screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session Press the voice icon After the tone say Help to hear a list of possible voice commands Helpful Hints Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open wi
417. ntity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE Appendices Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and
418. ntrol switch will stop seat movement during a recall You cannot use the seat memory recall while the vehicle is moving Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing REAR SEATS E155554 Folding the Seatback With the seat empty pull the lever up to fold the seatback forward You may need to fold the outboard head restraints and lower the center head restraint first Unfolding the Seatback Pull the seatback upward to unfold the seatback Recline Adjustment if Equipped With the seat occupied pull the lever up to recline the seatback Seats HEATED SEATS it equipped WARNING People who are unable to feel pain to their skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the heated seat The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion This may cause the heated seat to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Do not do the following Place heavy objects on the seat Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughl
419. nts that develop and impact the current route The system does not provide a traffic alert notification Manual Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route You have a choice to accept or ignore the notification before making the route deviation Traffic Alert Notification Have the system display traffic alert notifications Other traffic alert features allows you to turn on certain or all traffic icons on the map such as road work incident accidents and closed roads Scroll down to view all the different types of alerts Switch these features ON or OFF Avoid Areas Choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you Press Add to program an entry Once you make a selection the system tries to avoid the area s if possible for all routes To delete a selection choose the listing on the screen When the screen changes to Avoid Areas Edit you can press Delete at the bottom right of the screen Map Mode Press the green bar in the upper right area of the touchscreen to view map mode Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks when available 385 MyFord Touch i equipped 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe These maps also contain feat
420. ny time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 4 om SATELLIT RADIO E142593 SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account The ESN is on the System Information Screen SR ESN XXXXXXXXXXXX To access your ESN touch the bottom left corner of the touchscreen Touch SIRIUS gt Options MyFord Touch i equipped SIRIUS Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the ante
421. o MyKey functions with the keyless An admin transmitter is present at vehicle entry transmitter Start No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 53 57 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Locks LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle Power Door Locks The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels E138628 A Unlock B Lock Door Lock Indicator An LED on the instrument panel will light when you lock the doors It is not a functional control Remote Control Unlocking the Doors Two Stage Unlock Press the button to unlock the driver door Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors The turn signals will flash Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four seconds to disable or enable two stage unlocking Disabling two stage unlocking allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button The turn signals will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode The unlocking mode applies to the remote control keyless entry keypad and intelligent access Intelligent access at the driver door will unlock all doors when you disable two stage unlocking Locking the Doors Press the button to lock all the A doors The turn signals will flash Press the button again within three s
422. o overheat the engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red hot area and A high engine temperature message will appear in the information display The service engine soon indicator will light If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine When this occurs the vehicle will still operate However The engine power will be limited The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down causing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be re started Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 218 When Fail Safe Mode Is Activated WARNINGS Fail safe mode is for use during emergencies only Operate your vehicle in fail safe mode only as long as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs When in fail safe mode the vehicle will have limited power will not be able to maintain high speed operation and may completely shut down without warning potentially losing engine power power steering assist and power brake assist which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury
423. o you Dial to call the contact Ignore to exit the screen Phone Settings Press Phone gt Settings Bluetooth Devices Touch this tab to connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on Do Not Disturb Touch this tab if you want all calls to go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle When this feature is on text message notifications do not ring inside the cabin either 911 Assist Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 370 Phone Ringer Select the ring tone you want to hear when you receive a call Choose from possible system ring tones your currently paired phone s ring tone a beep text to speech or a silent notification MyFord Touch it equipped Text Message Notification Select a text message notification if supported by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent Internet Data Connection If your phone is compatible use this screen to adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to switch off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Touch this button to access features such as automatic phonebook download
424. ock then unlock to confirm that programming was successful 3 4 To program additional personal entry codes repeat Steps 1 3 then for Step 4 press 3 4 to save personal code 2 press 5 6 to save personal code 3 press 7 8 to save personal code 4 press 90 to save personal code 5 Tips Do not set a code that uses five of the same number Do not use five numbers in sequential order The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code Erasing a Personal Code Enter the factory set five digit code 2 Press and release 1 2 on the keypad within five seconds 3 Press and hold 1 2 for two seconds This must be done within five seconds of completing Step 2 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 66 All personal codes will erase and only the factory set five digit code will work Anti Scan Feature The keypad will go into an anti scan mode if you enter the wrong code seven times 35 consecutive button presses This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature will turn off after one minute of keypad inactivity pressing the unlock button on the remote control switching the ignition on unlocking the vehicle using intelligent access Unlocking and Locking the Doors To Unlock the Driver Door Enter the factory set five digit code or your personal code You must press each number within five seconds of each other The interior lamps wi
425. ods longer than one minute Warm up your vehicle on cold mornings Use the air conditioner or front defroster Use the speed control in hilly terrain Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow a trailer Carry unnecessary weight approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 lb 180 kilogram of weight carried Driving with the wheels out of alignment Conditions Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy at any speed Adding certain accessories to your vehicle for example bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski racks or luggage racks may reduce fuel economy To maximize the fuel economy drive with the tonneau cover installed if equipped Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8 10 miles 12 16 kilometers of driving Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain Driving Hints Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal Four wheel drive operation if equipped is less fuel efficient than two wheel drive operation Close the windows for high speed driving DRIVING THROUGH WATER WARNING Do not drive through flowing or deep water as you may lose control of your vehicle
426. of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Do not attempt to service or repair the system See an authorized dealer Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s user guide for further information For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Speed restricted Features Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while your vehicle is moving so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary Screens crowded with information such as Point of Interest reviews and ratings SIRIUS Travel Link sports scores movie times or ski conditions Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted such as entering a navigation destination or editing information All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries See the following chart for more specific examples Restricted features Cellular Phone
427. ol within two seconds of a bounce back event to override this function While bounce back is active the closing force increases for each of the next three times that you close the moonroof Venting the Moonroof Press and release the front of the control to vent the moonroof Press and release the rear of the control to close the moonroof Note When you vent the moonroof it will rise to 1 57in 4 cm and then lower slightly This is normal You cannot stop the moonroof in the higher position Instrument Cluster GAUGES E171213 A Information display B Speedometer C Engine coolant temperature gauge D Fuel gauge E Tachometer Information Display Compass If Equipped Displays the vehicle s heading direction To calibrate and set the compass zone use the information display menu See Information Displays page 90 Use the diagram to determine your magnetic zone 84 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Instrument Cluster E142800 Odometer Located in the bottom of the information display it registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has traveled Outside Air Temperature Shows the outside air temperature Trip Computer See Trip Computer page 92 Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General Information page 90 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot At normal operating temperature the
428. old water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage Vehicle Care Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations Cover the battery power distribution box and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance To clean the windshield and wiper blades Clean the windshield with a non abrasive glass cleaner For windshields contaminated with tree sap chemicals wax or bugs clean the entire windshield using steel wool no greater than OOOO grade ina circular motion and rinse with water Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer concentrate Note Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to
429. om the vehicle The transmitter should operate normally The remote control uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent Integrated Keyhead Transmitter d CR2032 3V E138619 Twista thin coin in the slot of the transmitter near the key ring to remove the battery cover 2 Remove the old battery E138620 3 Insert the new battery Refer to the instructions inside the transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter Intelligent Access Transmitter 1 Remove the backup key from the transmitter Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 50 Dual E142432 2 Twista thin coin under the tab hidden behind the backup key head to remove the battery cover Do not use the backup key to remove the cover or you could damage the intelligent access key a g E138622 Remove the old battery Insert a new battery with the facing downward Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter and install the backup key Car Finder Press the button twice within A three seconds The horn will sound and the turn signals will flash We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Keys and Remote Controls Note f locking was not successful or if any d
430. ommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service Hot climate oil change intervals Vehicles operating in the Middle East North Africa Sub Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines Certification mark oil of SM or SN quality the normal oil change interval is 5000 miles 8000 kilometers If the available API SM or SN oils are not available then the oil change interval is 3000 miles 4800 kilometers Engine air filter and cabin air filter replacement The life of the engine air filter and cabin air filter is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter Scheduled Maintenance SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD 2 ni O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 9 o um O Multi point inspection recommended C O Signature 429 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Scheduled Maintenance 430 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q muti point inspection recommended Multi point inspection recommended O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 431 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Scheduled Maintenance 432 Escape TM2 enUSA F
431. omply with the directions above Appendices 2 Account Information You agree a when registering the Telenav Software to provide Telenav with true accurate current and complete information about yourself and b to inform Telenav promptly of any changes to such information and to keep it true accurate current and complete 3 Software License Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement Telenav hereby grants to you a personal non exclusive non transferable license except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software license without the right to sublicense to use the Telenav Software in object code form only in order to access and use the Telenav Software This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement You agree that you will use the Telenav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties 3 1 License Limitations You agree not to do any of the following a reverse engineer decompile disassemble translate modify alter or otherwise change the Telenav Software or any part thereof b attempt to derive the source code audio library or structure of the Telenav Software without the prior express written consent of Telenav c remove from the Telenav Software or alter any of Telenav s or its suppliers trademarks
432. omponents Fl 5A Hands free liftgate entry module F2 10A Keyless vehicle module F3 5A Keyless vehicle door handles F4 25A Door control unit front left F5 25A Door control unit front right F6 25A Door control unit rear left F7 25A Door control unit rear right F8 25A Passenger seat F9 25A Driver seat F10 5A Driver seat memory module logic feed F11 5A Rear ignition coil feed F12 Not used F13 Not used F14 Not used F15 Not used F16 Not used F17 Not used F18 Not used F19 Not used F20 Not used F21 Not used F22 Not used F23 25A Audio amplifier F24 30A DC AC power converter F25 25A Power liftgate F26 40A Accessories Trailer tow module 30 feed 1 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 207 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F27 20A Luggage compartment power outlet F28 Not used F29 5A Blind spot detection system Rear view camera with park assist F30 5A Parking aid module F31 Not used F32 5A DC AC power converter F33 Not used F34 20A Driver seat heater F35 20A Passenger seat heater F36 Not used F37 Not used F38 Not used F39 Not used F40 Not used F41 Not used F42 Not used F43 Not used F44 Not used F45 Not used F46 Not used RI Power relay Rear 15 relay R2
433. on Dry the area witha clean soft cloth Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 4 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to aclean soft cloth and press it onto the soiled area Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 5 Remove the soaked cloth then witha clean damp cloth use a rubbing motion for 60 seconds on the soiled area 6 Dry the area with a clean soft cloth CLEANING LEATHER SEATS cir Equipped Note Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution Dry the area with a clean soft cloth For cleaning and removing spots and stains such as dye transfer use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors Note Jest any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area You should Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Clean and treat spills and stains as soon as possible Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather Oil and petroleum or silicone based leather conditioners Household cleaners Vehicle Care Alcohol solutions Solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber vinyl and plastics Note Do not use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Viny
434. on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULAs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE 399 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DE
435. on display Global positioning system module F68 Not used F69 5A Instrument cluster F70 20A Central lock and unlock supply F71 7 5A Heating control head manual air condi tioner Dual electronic automatic temperature control F72 7 5A Steering wheel module F73 7 5A Data link connector F74 15A High beam headlamp supply F75 15A Fog lamp F76 10A Reversing lamp F77 20A Washer pump F78 5A Ignition switch Start button F79 15A Radio Navigation DVD player Touch screen Hazard light switch Door lock switch F80 20A Moonroof supply Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 205 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F81 5A Radio frequency receiver F82 20A Washer pump F83 20A Central locking F84 20A Drive door unlock F85 7 5A Electronic 15 feed F86 10A Air bag module Occupant classification system Passenger air bag deactivation indicator F87 15A Not used spare F88 25A Supply for F67 F69 F71 and F79 F89 E Not used Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is in the luggage compartment behind the passenger side wheel well Remove the fuse panel cover to gain access to the fuses E129927 206 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected c
436. on is quieter for wind noise The rear position may help to reduce wind noise from an open moonroof Follow the steps to reposition or remove the front crossbar You can remove the rear crossbar fasteners by unscrewing the assembly E142448 1 Remove the crossbar thumbwheels at both sides of the front crossbar by turning them counterclockwise Note f you cannot loosen the thumbwheel with your hand loosen the fastener head You can also use a small screwdriver or similar tool to loosen the thumbwheel by inserting the shaft between the two paddles of the thumbwheel and rotating it loose 2 Remove the crossbar by sliding the ends off of the shoulder bolts in the side rails Move the crossbar to the new side rail position and slide the crossbar onto the shoulder bolt at that position Replace and tighten the thumbwheels at both sides of the crossbar by turning them clockwise until tight You can use a small screwdriver or similar tool to tighten if necessary Load Carrying Make sure to check that the thumbwheels are tight each time you add or remove load from the roof rack and periodically while traveling Make sure that the load is secure before traveling LOAD LIMIT Vehicle Loading with and without a Trailer This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle trailer or both to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly load
437. oned on Client s entering into and complying witha separate written agreement with the Ordnance Survey OS to create and sell paper maps Client s paying to the OS any and all applicable paper map royalties and Client s complying with the OS copyright notice requirements b such license for selling or otherwise distributing for charge with respect to Data for the Territory of Czech Republic Appendices is conditioned on Client s obtaining prior written consent from Kartografie a s c such license for selling or distributing with respect to Data for the Territory of Switzerland is conditioned on Client s obtaining a permit from Bundesamt fur Landestopografie of Switzerland d Client is restricted from using Data for the Territory of France to create paper maps with a scale between 1 5 000 and 1 250 000 and e Client is restricted from using any Data to create sell or distribute paper maps that are the same or substantially similar in terms of data content and specific use of color symbols and scale to paper maps published by the European national mapping agencies including without limitation Landervermessungamter of Germany Topografische Dienst of the Netherlands Nationaal Geografisch Instituut of Belgium Bundesamt f r Landestopografie of Switzerland Bundesamt f r Eich und Vermessung swesen of Austria and the National Land Survey of Sweden C OS Enforcement Without limiting Section IV B
438. ones such as numbers for passwords Scroll until the desired number appears in the display then press OK a tone sounds as confirmation Repeat as necessary Join Calls Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Join two separate calls SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty call or conference call Press the phone button 298 SYNC If Equipped When you select You can 2 Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands to place the second call Once actively in the second call press MENU 3 Scroll to Join Calls and press OK Press OK again when Join Calls appears Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through your phone book contacts 2 Press OK again when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button Call History Access your call history log 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your call history options incoming outgoing or missed 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button to call the selection Return Exit the current menu 1 Press the phone button to enter the Accessing Features through the phone menu Phone Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through SYNC s phone menu allows you to redial a number access your call history and phonebook and sends text messages as well as access phone and system settings Y
439. onnecting my device Possible cause s This may be a possible device malfunction Possible solution s Try turning off the device resetting the device removing the device s battery then trying again Make sure you are using the manufacturer s cable Make sure you insert the USB cable correctly into the device and the USB port Make sure that the device does not have an auto install program or active security settings SYNC does not recognize my device when I turn onthe Car This is a device limitation Make sure you are not eaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or cold temperatures Bluetooth audio does not stream This is a phone dependent feature The device is not connected Review the device compatib ility chart on the SYNC website to confirm your phone supports the Bluetooth audio streaming function Make sure you correctly connect the device to SYNC and that you have pressed play on your device You can also preform the MyFord Touch reset procedure SYNC does not recognize music that is on my device Your music files may not contain the correct artist song title album or genre information The file may be corrupted The song may have copy right protection which does not allow it to play Make sure that all song details are populated Some devices require you to change the USB settings from mass storage to MTP class Escape TM2 enUS
440. ont seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag 1 Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks and Utility Type Vehicles WARNING Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles A Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 12 Before you drive your vehicle please read this Owner s Guide carefully Your vehicle is not a passenger car As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury or death Using Your Vehicle Witha Snowplow Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing Your vehicle is not equipped witha snowplowing package Using Your Vehicle as an Ambulance Do not use this vehicle as an ambulance Your vehicle is not equipped with the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellula
441. oor or the liftgate is open or if the hood is open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or remote start the horn will sound twice and the lamps will not flash Sounding a Panic Alarm Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off D Press the button to activate the alarm Press the button again or turn the ignition on to deactivate Remote Start if Equipped WARNING To avoid exhaust fumes do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated A Note Donot use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel A The remote start button is on the transmitter This feature allows you to start your vehicle from outside the vehicle The transmitter has an extended operating range Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started See Automatic Climate Control page 104 Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems The remote start system will not work if the ignition is on the alarm system is triggered you disable the feature Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 5 the hood is open the transmission is not in P the vehicle battery voltage is too low the service engine soon indicator was on the last time your vehicle was driven Remote Starting the Vehicle
442. or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices Route Safety Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Appendices Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency serv
443. or start the vehicle Use a key in the driver s door to unlock the vehicle then switch the ignition on within 12 seconds Note Pressing the panic button on the remote control will stop the horn and signal indicators but will not disarm the system Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position page 111 m 3 95179 3 Lock the steering column AUDIO CONTROL If Equipped Select the required source on the audio a unit You can operate the following functions with the control 1 a A E95178 E 1 Unlock the steering column 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position D e C E129462 A Volume up B Seek up or next 69 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Steering Wheel C Volume down D Seek down or previous E Mode Press M repeatedly to select the desired media source Seek Next or Previous Press the seek button to Tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset Play the next or the previous track Press and hold the seek button to Tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band Seek through a track VOICE CONTROL if Equipped LE a ON E186192 Press the control to select or deselect voice control See
444. ore removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank Note A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not overfill the tank The fill pipe is equipped with a drain hole Excess fuel due to overfill may drain through the drain hole and drip onto the ground If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed aservice engine warning lamp may appear on the instrument cluster At the next opportunity do the following 1 Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and shift the transmission into park P 2 Open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening 3 Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle several times to allow the inlet to close properly This will dislodge any debris preventing the inlet from sealing Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing If this action corrects the problem the message may not reset immediately It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after 4 or more hours with the engine off followed by city or highway driving Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well FUEL CONSUMPTION Note The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gaug
445. ors Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving WARNING Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result ina loss of brake and steering assistance The steering will not lock but higher effort will be required When the ignition is switched off some electrical circuits including air bags warning lamps and indicators may also be off If the ignition was turned off accidentally you can shift into neutral N and re start the engine Vehicles with an Ignition Key Move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop 2 When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P and turn the key to position o 3 Apply the parking brake Vehicles with Keyless Start 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop 2 When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P 3 Press and hold the button for one second or press it three times within two seconds 4 Apply the parking brake Starting and Stopping the Engine Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes
446. ors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands uf MyFord Touch if equipped 1 Press the voice button 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 3 Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the green tab on your touchscreen 1 Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your phone Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation press the
447. ory Remove any pictures or special ring tones associ ated with the missing contact MyFord Touch it equipped Phone issues Possible cause s Possible solution s Depending upon your phone you may have to grant SYNC permission to access your phonebook contacts Make sure to confirm when prompted by your phone during the phonebook download lam having trouble connecting my phone to SYNC This is a phone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Try deleting your device from SYNC deleting SYNC from your device and trying again Check the security and auto accept and prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone Update your device s firm ware Turn off the Auto phone book download setting You can also preform the MyFord Touch reset procedure Text messaging is not working on SYNC This is a phone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 391 MyFord Touch if equipped USB and media issues I am having trouble c
448. oset FM autoset preset lt gt FM preset lt gt EM 1 FM 1 preset lt gt EM 2 lt 530 1710 gt 5 If you have said Browse see the AM Browse chart later in this section AM lt 530 1710 gt If you have said Tune see the following AM autoset Tune chart AM autoset preset lt gt TUNE AM preset lt gt lt 530 1710 gt Browse lt 87 9 107 9 gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt AM FM lt 87 9 1079 gt HD lt gt eee AM autoset AM autoset preset lt gt AM preset lt gt EM FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM 2 preset lt gt HD lt gt Preset lt gt Radio off Radio on Set PTY Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing FM autoset FM autoset preset lt gt EM preset lt gt FM 1 FM 1 preset lt gt FM 2 FM 2 preset lt gt MyFord Touch i equipped TUNE HD lt gt Preset lt gt Help If available SIRIUS Satellite Radio If Activated Press the lower left corner of the D touchscreen and then select the SIRIUS tab Memory Presets Save a channel by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the channel Sound returns when finished AL
449. ositions donot activate the daytime running lamps and can be used to temporarily override autolamp control When switched off in the information display the daytime running lamps are off in all lighting control switch positions Lighting FRONT FOG LAMPS E142453 Press the control to switch the fog lamps on or off You can switch the fog lamps on when the lighting control is in any position except Off and the high beams are not on DIRECTION INDICATORS E162681 Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators Note Jap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times to indicate a lane change INTERIOR LAMPS The lamps will switch on when Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing You open any door You press a remote control button Front Interior Lamp E181171 A Left hand lamp B Right hand lamp Rear Interior Lamp if Equipped E142455 You can switch individual map lamps on independently by pressing switch A AMBIENT LIGHTING it equipped The ambient lighting system illuminates the interior with a choice of several colors The ambient lighting control is located in the overhead console Lighting E142456 A Color palette B Control knob C Search mode Rotate B past the first detent to switch on and adjust to the desired brightness Press A to cycle through the color choices Press C to switch on all interior lamps and the ambient
450. ot be seated and restrained properly ina rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing WARNINGS warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury Never place or allow achild to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase t
451. ote See an authorized dealer for low voltage battery access testing or replacement Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 220 When a low voltage battery replacement is necessary see an authorized dealer to replace the low voltage battery with a Ford recommended replacement low voltage battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle To ensure proper operation of the battery management system BMS do not allow a technician to connect any electrical device ground connection directly to the low voltage battery negative post A connection at the low voltage battery negative post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation Note f a person adds electrical or electronic accessories or components to the vehicle the accessories or components may adversely affect the low voltage battery performance and durability and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water When a battery replacement is required the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement
452. ou can also access advanced features such as 91 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services When you select You can Phone Redial Redial the last number called if available Press OK to select and then press OK again to confirm Call History Access any previously dialed received or missed calls after you connect your Bluetooth enabled phone to SYNC 1 Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select from Call History Incoming Call History Outgoing or Call History Missed Press OK to make your selection 3 Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selec tion 299 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing SYNC If Equipped When you select You can Note The system attempts to automatically re download your phonebook and call history each time your phone connects to SYNC if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone supports this feature Phonebook Access and call any contacts in your previously down loaded phonebook 1 Press OK to confirm and enter If your phonebook has fewer than 255 listings they appear alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 entries the system organizes them into alphabetical categories 2 Scroll until the desired contact appears then press OK 3 Press OK or the phone button Text Message Send download and delete text messages Phone Settings View your phone s status se
453. ou consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See SYNC page 291 Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal and Introduction How fast the vehicle was traveling and Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel This data can help provide a better understanding of thecircumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur Note Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information
454. ou select You can Press OK to select Return Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth features Advanced Menu Options 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu The Advanced menu allows you to access 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK and set prompts languages defaults and 3 Scroll to Advanced Press OK perform a master reset When you select You can Prompts Have SYNC guide you by asking questions helpful hints or ask you for a specific action Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Languages Choose from English Fran ais or Espa ol The displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices Press OK to select 2 Press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display
455. our head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain sideways crashes the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes Supplementary Restraints System E152533 The system consists of the following A label or embossed side panel indicating that side airbags are fitted to your vehicle Side airbags located inside the driver and front passenger seatbacks Front passenger sensing system ee Crash sensors and monitoring N system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 46 Note The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty passeng
456. our vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing When using SYNC Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information Do not attempt to service or repair the system See an authorized dealer Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cellular phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent syst
457. p refueling after the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the second time Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 134 Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container Place approved fuel container on the ground Do not fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling Do not use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Easy Fuel Capless Fuel System WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury When fueling your vehicle 1 Put your vehicle in park P and switch the ignition off 2 Open the fuel filler door 4 d E a A 3 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system and leave the nozzle fully inserted to open both doors until you are done pumping Hold handle higher during insertion for easier access as v E156032 Fuel and Refueling 14 e a A ee A v E154765 4 Wait at least 10 seconds bef
458. pending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used U S DOT Tire Identification Number Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and 250 Wheels and Tires describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for tracea
459. place any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed you must first erase the current settings See Erasing the function button codes later in this section E142657 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter that is integrated into the driver s sun visor The system includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices within the home As well as being programmed for garage doors the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators security systems entry door locks and home or office lighting Additional system information can be found online at www homelink com or by calling the toll free help line on 1 800 355 3515 In vehicle programming This process is to program your hand held transmitter and your in vehicle HomeLink button Note Put a new battery in the hand held transmitter This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal E142658 1 With your vehicle parked outside of the garage turn your ignition to the on position but do not start your vehicle 2 Hold your hand held garage door transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters away from the HomeLink button you want to program Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped 3 Using both hands simultaneously press a
460. points of interest display MyFord Touch it equipped Route Preferences Preferred Route Choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route Bypass route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty Select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Avoid These features allow you to choose to have the system avoid freeways toll roads ferries and car trains when planning your route Switch these features ON or OFF Use HOV Lanes Have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes if available when planning your route Navigation Preferences Guidance Prompts Have the system use Voice amp Tones or Tone Only on your programmed route Auto Fill State Province Have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the information already entered into the system Switch this feature ON or OFF Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Traffic Preferences Avoid Traffic Problems Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route Automatic Have the system reroute you to avoid traffic incide
461. ports Press for more information on these selections Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing When done making your selections press Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report You can find more information on Vehicle Health Report in this chapter See Information page 370 Camera Settings This menu allows you to access settings for your rear view camera Press the Settings icon gt Ts Vehicle gt Camera Settings then select from the following settings Enhanced Park Aids Rear Camera Delay You can find more information on the rear view camera in another chapter See Rear View Camera page 158 Enable Valet Mode Valet mode allows you to lock the system No information is accessible until the system is unlocked with the correct PIN You can create your own four digit PIN to lock and unlock the system 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Enable Valet Mode 2 Enter a four digit PIN twice as prompted After you press Continue the system locks until you enter the PIN again Note f the system locks and you need to reset the PIN enter 3681 and the system unlocks MyFord Touch if equipped Settings System Access and adjust system settings voice Press the Settings icon gt features as well as phone navigation and hs Settings gt System then select wireless settings from the following System Language Select to have the touchscreen di
462. post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle Rim The metal support wheel for atire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall Information on P Type Tires E142543 P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example Wheels and Tires A P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that may be used for service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks Note If your
463. prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes BW xm SATELLITE RADIO E142593 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account When in satellite radio mode press Options Audio System Troubleshooting Message Condition Action Acquiring Radio requires more than No action required This two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel message should disappear shortly Satellite antenna fault SIRIUS system failure There is an internal module or system failure present If this message does not clear shortly or with an igni tion key cy
464. r of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Calendar You can view the current calendar by day week or month Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 376 911 Assist if Equipped WARNINGS Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or damaged in acrash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly 1 Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information Note f any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 91 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a pr
465. r phone correctly on the website Update your cellular number in your account on the website Make sure you have full signal strength and that your Bluetooth volume level has been turned up Make sure the currently connected phone is registered on your SYNCMyRide account Try deleting your phone and performing a clean pairing heard a commercial when tried to use Traffic Direc tions and Information You did not activate this phone for this service Your phone has ID blocker active This is a free feature but you must first register online to use it Turn off ID blocker on your phone as the system recog nizes you by your phone number Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SYNCMyRide account Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 324 SYNC If Equipped Voice command issues SYNC does not understand what am saying Possible cause s You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time Possible solution s Review the phone voice commands and the media voice commands at the beginning of their respective sections After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken before this does not register with the system SYNC does not understand the name of asong or artist You may be using the wro
466. r 10 minutes For example if the vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes the vehicle will continue to run now for a total of 20 minutes You can only extend the remote start once Some late build vehicles may be able to restart up to 30 minutes Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting Press the button once The 2X parking lamps will turn off You may have to be closer to the vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display See General Information page 90 REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle See Passive Anti Theft System page 67 To re program the passive anti theft system see an authorized dealer 52 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyKey PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys These can be used to Create a MyKey Program configurable MyKey setti
467. r accurate map positioning This icon may display under normal operation in an area with poor GPS access Quick touch Buttons When in map mode touch anywhere on the map display to access the following options Set as Dest Touch this button to select a scrolled location on the map as your destination You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display When you reach the desired location simply let go and then touch Set as Dest Set as Waypoint Touch this button to set the current location as a waypoint Save to Favorites Touch this button to save the current location to your favorites MyFord Touch it equipped POI Icons Touch this button to select icons to display on the map You can select up to three icons to display on the map at the same time Turn these ON or OFF Cancel Route Touch this button to cancel the active route View Edit Route Access these features when a route is active View Route Edit Destination Waypoints Edit Turn List Detour Edit Route Preferences Edit Traffic Preferences Cancel Route Nokia is the digital map provider for the navigation application If you find map data errors you may report them directly to Nokia by going to http mapreporter navteg com Nokia evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e mail Navigation Map Updates Annual navigation map updates are available for p
468. r phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios Introduction WARNING Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner s Manual A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This Owner s Manual is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export Refer to this Owner s Manual for all other required information and warnings Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing AtaGlance Front Exterior Overview A B Cc G F E D E178121 See Locking and Unlo
469. r rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped with radio transmitters for example two way radios telephones and theft alarms Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer An authorized dealer needs to install mobile communications systems Improper installation may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if the manufacturer did not design the mobile communication system specifically for automotive use If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non Ford electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle you may adversely affect battery performance and durability In addition you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 397 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Appendices END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT SYNC End User License Agreement EULA You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Co
470. r vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash Note Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible Stripes or Graphics if equipped Do not use a commercial or high pressure sprayer on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface Exterior Chrome Note Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers Vehicle Care Wash your vehicle first Using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer than the time recommended Using other non recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage Underbody Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free
471. r vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal For more information visit Web Address www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate FORD CREDIT U S Only Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit thank you for your business For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as to help manage your account Phone 1 800 727 7000 For more information regarding Ford Credit as well as to access Account Manager please go to www fordcredit com Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner
472. ranty Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications page 264 In case of emergency a large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in order to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained chemically cleaned with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refilled with engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications page 264 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 217 Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling pro
473. rce IGN 2009 BD TOPO Guade loupe French Guiana and Marti Fuente INEGI Instituto nique Nacional de Estadistica y Mexico Geograf a IV Middle East Territory Appendices A Third Party Notices Any and all copies of the Data and or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory or portion thereof included in such copy Country Notice Jordan Royal Jordanian Geographic Centre The foregoing notice requirement for Jordan Data is a material term of the Agreement If Client or any of its permitted sublicensees if any fail to meet such requirement HERE shall have the right to terminate Client s license with respect to the Jordan Data B Jordan Data Client and its permitted sublicensees if any are restricted from licensing and or otherwise distributing HERE s database for the country of Jordan Jordan Data for use in Enter prise Applications to i non Jordanian entities for use of the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or ii Jordan based customers In addition Client its permitted subli censees if any and End Users are restricted from using the Jordan Data in Enterprise Applications if such party is i anon Jordanian entity using the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or ii a Jordan based customer For purposes of the foregoing Enterprise Applica tions s
474. re Ensure the appis running on your phone Some apps require you to register or login on the app on the phone before using them with AppLink Also some may have a Ford SYNC setting so check the app s settings menu on the phone My phone is connected my app s are running but still cannot find any apps Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Sometime apps do not properly close and re open their connection to SYNC over ignition cycles for example 327 Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC find the application if you cannot discover it inside the vehicle On an Android device if apps have an Exit or Quit option select that then restart the app If the app does not have that option you can also manually Force Close the app by going to the phone s settings menu selecting Apps then finding the particular app and choosing Force stop Don t forget to restart the app afterwards then select Find New Apps on SYNC SYNC If Equipped AppLink issues Possible cause s Possible solution s On an iPhone with iOS7 to force close an app double tab the home button then swipe up on the app to close it Tab the home button again then select the app again to restart it After a few seconds the app should then appear in SYNC s Mobile App s Menu My Android phone is connected my app s are running restarted them but I still cannot find any apps
475. re are Zoom in and Zoom out Press the symbol in the camera screen to change the view The default setting is Zoom OFF Rear Camera Delay If Equipped When shifting the transmission out of reverse R and into any gear other than park P the camera image remains in the display until Your vehicle speed sufficiently increases You shift your vehicle into park P 10 seconds of time elapse Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF Access the rear view camera system settings to toggle the rear camera delay ON or OFF The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF Cruise Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal You can use cruise control when your vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph 30 km h USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNINGS Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery This could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death When you are going downhill your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed The system will not apply the brakes Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Note Cruise control will disengage if your vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving up
476. respect of any claim demand or action irre spective of the nature of the cause of the claim demand or action alleging any loss injury or damages direct or indirect which may result from the use or possession of such Data or ii in any way for loss of revenues or contracts or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the Data Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 411 2 Copyright Notice In connection with each copy of all or any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada Client shall affix ina conspicuous manner the following copyright notice on at least one of i the label for the storage media of the copy ii the packaging for the copy or iii other materials packaged with the copy such as user manuals or end user license agree ments This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada Queen s Printer for Ontario Canada Post Corporation GeoBase The Department of Natural Resources Canada All rights reserved 3 End User Terms Except as other wise agreed by the parties in connec tion with the provision of any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada to End Users as may be authorized under the Agreement Client shall provide such End Users in a reason ably conspicuous manner with terms set forth with other end user terms required to be provided under the Agreem
477. ressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury Each tire including the spare if H provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving ona significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is nota substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver
478. rge water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present 224 Maintenance Replacing Headlamp Bulbs WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb by only its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Note f the bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Headlamp E142469 A Side marker B Low beam headlamp C High beam headlamp High beam headlamp 2 4 E142470 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Remove the headlamp Remove service cap Disconnect the electrical connector Remove bulb from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise then pull it straight out Low beam headlamp PUNT E142471 1 Remove the headlamp 2 Remove service cap 3 Disconnect the electrical connector 4 Remove bulb from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise then pull it straight out Install the new bulbs in reverse order from the steps above Be sure that the spring clip is not damaged or detached from the headlamp assembly during the replacement procedure Replacing HID Headlamp Bulbs t Equipped The low beam headlamps on your veh
479. rk outside a wireless hotspot Settings gt Wireless amp in your vehicle to speak to each other EX Press the Settings icon gt Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Internet then select from the following 344 MyFord Touch it equipped Wi Fi Wi Fi Settings Wi Fi Network Client Mode turns the Wi Fi feature on and off in your vehicle Make sure you turn it on for connectivity purposes Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previ ously stored wireless network You can categorize by alphabetical listing priority and signal strength You can also choose to search for a network connect to a network disconnect from a network receive more information prioritize a network or delete a network Gateway Access Point Mode makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when turned on This forms the local area network within your vehicle for things such as game playing file transfer and internet browsing Press for more information Gateway Access Point Settings allows you to view and change settings for using SYNC as the internet gateway Gateway Access Point Device List allows you to view recent connections to your Wi Fi system USB Mobile Broadband Instead of using Wi Fi your system can also use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet You must turn on your mobile broadband device on your personal computer before connecting it to the system
480. rn Exit the current menu SYNC APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES it Equipped In order for the following features to work your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC To check your phone s compatibility visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca SYNC Services Provides access to traffic directions and information such as travel horoscopes stock prices and more 911 Assist Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency Vehicle Health Report Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle SYNC AppLink Allows you to connect to and use certain applications suchas Pandora and Stitcher if your phone is compatible This is an optional feature and available in the United States only 911 Assist If Equipped WARNINGS Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash A Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 306 WARNINGS Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehi
481. rporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOF
482. rs Using the SYNC phone Your phonebook contacts menu open the phonebook may be in CAPS and scroll to the name SYNC is having trouble understanding SYNC will read the name to you giving you some idea of the pronunciation SYNC is expecting The system works better if you list full names such as Joe Wilson rather than Joe Do not use special charac ters such as 123 or ICE as the system does not recog nize them If a contact is in CAPS you have to spell it JAKE requires you to say Call J A K E AppLink issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s AppLink Mobile Applica tions When select Find New Apps SYNC does not find any applications Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing An AppLink capable phone is not connected to SYNC 326 Ensure you have a compat ible smartphone an Android with OS 2 3 or higher or an iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5 0 or higher Addition ally ensure your phone is paired and connected to SYNC If Equipped AppLink issues Possible cause s Possible solution s SYNC in order to find AppLink capable apps on your device iPhone users must also connect to SYNC s USB port with an Apple USB cable My phone is connected but I still cannot find any apps AppLink enabled apps are not installed and running on your mobile device Ensure you have down loaded and installed the latest version of the app from your phone s app sto
483. rsion of this Agreement and of the privacy policy 1 Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the Telenav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the Telenav Software a observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely b use your own personal judgment while driving If you feel that a route suggested by the Telenav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver places you in an unsafe situation or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe do not follow such instructions c do not input destinations or otherwise manipulate the Telenav Software unless your vehicle is stationary and parked d do not use the Telenav Software for any illegal unauthorized unintended unsafe hazardous or unlawful purposes or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement e arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the Telenav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device such as an airbag You agree to indemnify and hold Telenav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the Telenav Software in any moving vehicle including as a result of your failure to c
484. rst Printing J Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others K Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire See the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle L Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Wheels and Tires Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability
485. rt of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required under applicable export laws rules and regulations including but not limited to the laws rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U S Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U S Department of Commerce To the extent that any such export laws rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between Telenav and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter Appendices Governing Law The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois insert Netherlands where European HERE Data is used without giving effect to i its conflict of laws provisions or ii the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods which is explicitly excluded You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois insert The Netherlands where European HERE
486. rt the status of any other system such as brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note n order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime Usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information for example Vehi
487. ry has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system monitors the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing you may need to perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving Drive on an expressway or highway fora steady 15 minutes followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing you will have to repeat the above driving cycle 138 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Transmission AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNINGS Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Par
488. s The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide Upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 400 supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate e
489. s allows the wheels to spin with full engine power Depending on the type of system you have on your vehicle you can either turn the system off using the information display or by pressing the button Switching the System Off Using the Information Display Controls If Equipped Your vehicle comes with this feature already enabled If required you can switch this feature off using the information display controls See General Information page 90 Switching the System Off Usinga Switch If Equipped The button is located in the instrument panel Press the button You will see a message in conjunction with an illuminated icon in the display Press the button again to return the system to normal mode When you switch the traction control system off stability control remains fully active Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing System Indicator Lights and Messages WARNING If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system the stability control light will illuminate steadily Verify that the AdvanceTrac system was not manually disabled through the information display If the stability control light still illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with AdvanceTrac disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death The stability control light ee temporarily illuminates on engin
490. s and ock your vehicle with the power door lock control all the doors will lock then unlock if your key is still in the ignition You can still lock your vehicle with the key in the ignition by either using the keyless entry keypad with the driver door closed pressing the lock button on the transmitter even if the doors are not closed If both front doors are closed you can lock your vehicle by any method regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not Smart Unlocks For Intelligent Access Keys if Equipped This feature helps to prevent you from unintentionally locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle s passenger compartment or rear cargo area When you lock your vehicle using the power door lock control with the door open vehicle in park and ignition off your vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment after you close the door If you vehicle finds a key all of the doors will immediately unlock Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing In order to override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside your vehicle you can lock your vehicle after all doors are closed by using the keyless entry keypad pressing the lock button on another intelligent access key or touching the locking area on the handle with another intelligent access key in your hand When you open one of the front doors and ock your vehicle using the
491. s lower gear operation to enhance performance for uphill climbs hilly terrain or mountainous areas This will increase engine RPM during engine braking Provides additional lower gear operation through the automatic transmission shift strategy Gears are selected more quickly and at higher engine speeds SelectShift Automatic Transmission if Equipped Your SelectShift automatic transmission gives you the ability to manually change gears Transmission To use SelectShift move the gearshift lever into S Sport Use the buttons on the side of your gearshift lever to manually change gears Press the button to upshift Press the button to downshift Note After you have assumed manual control with SelectShift your vehicle will remain in this mode until you return the gearshift lever from S Sport back to D Drive Upshift to the recommended shift speeds according to the following chart Upshifts when accelerating recom mended for best fuel economy Shift from 1 2 15 mph 24 km h 2 3 25 mph 40 km h 3 4 40 mph 64 km h 4 5 45 mph 72 km h 5 6 50 mph 80 km h The instrument cluster will display the selected gear that you are currently in and a shift indicator arrow to assist in optimizing shifting SelectShift will automatically make some shifts for you in the event that your engine speed is running at too high or to low an RPM Note Engine damag
492. s not Sound returns when finished When scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory see the HD logo appear if the station preset the sound mutes before the has a digital broadcast digital audio plays because the system has to reacquire the digital signal Note As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound In order to provide the best poss
493. s not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features provided are only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sens
494. s when the fuel gauge needle is at 1 16 above empty Vehicles equipped with distance to empty display A low fuel level reminder displays when the fuel gauge needle is at 1 16 above empty or at about 35 miles 56km to empty whichever occurs first Instrument Cluster Variations Note The low fuel warning and distance to empty warning can appear at different fuel gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions This variation is normal Driving type fuel economy conditions Fuel gauge position Distance to empty Highway driving 6th 35 miles to 80 miles 56 km to 129 km V 16th 1 4 35 miles 16 km to 56 km Severe duty driving trailer towing extended idle WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators will alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious Some lamps will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information Note Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle Airbag Front e If it fails to illuminate when you AN start your vehicle continues to flash or remains on it indicates a malfunction Have the system checked by your authorized dealer Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Anti Lock Braking S
495. sage Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Use the advanced voice recognition system Charge your USB device if your device supports this These features require activation See SYNC Applications and Services page 306 Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST Inthe United States call 1 800 392 3673 SYNC If Equipped In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays SYNC Owner Account Why do need a SYNC owner account Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online Required to activate the subscription based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC Access to customer support for any questions you may have Driving Restrictions For your safety certain features are speed dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of y
496. se Box The pre fuse box is in the engine compartment attached to the positive battery post This box contains several high current fuses If you need to replace one of these high current fuses see an authorized dealer Power Distribution Box WARNINGS Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNINGS To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs The power distribution box is in the engine compartment It has high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads You will need to reset some features if you disconnect and reconnect the battery See Changing the 12V Battery page 220 C O eee n E157389 Lift the release lever at the rear of the cover to remove it Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 200 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F7 50A Anti lock brake system and electronic stability program pump F8 30A Electronic stability program valve F9 Not used F10 40A Heater blower motor F11 30A Body control module feed F12 30A Powertrain control module relay F13 30A Starter relay F14 25A Rear power window without door control unit F15 20A Front cigar lighter or power outlet F16 25A
497. se it Do not attempt to pull the card out to remove it this could cause damage Your navigation system is comprised of two main features destination mode and map mode To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears See Setting a Destination later in this chapter To view the navigation map and your vehicle s current location touch the green bar in the upper right hand corner of the touchscreen or press Dest then Map See Map mode later in this chapter Setting a Destination Press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears Choose any of the following Destination My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Destination Map Edit Route Cancel Route 1 Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields in any order For address destination entry the Go button appears once you enter all the necessary information Pressing the Go button makes the address location appear on the map If you choose Previous Destination the last 20 destinations you have selected appear 2 Select Set as Dest to make this your destination You can also choose to set this as a waypoint have the system route to this point on the way to your current destinatio
498. select a category seek and scan functions only stop on channels in that category Select to turn off or turn on alerts for songs artists or teams The system alerts you when the selection is playing on another channel Save up to 20 alerts Unlock All Stations Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations Skip No stations Use to restore any channels you previously skipped Parental Lock PIN Select to create a PIN which allows you to lock or unlock channels Your initial PIN is 1234 Audio Settings Spd Comp Vol Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for speed and wind noise You can set the system between O and 7 Sound Select to adjust settings for Treble Midrange Bass Fade and Balance Occupancy Mode Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating position RBDS RDS Text Select to view additional broadcast data if available This feature defaults to off RBDS must be on for you to set a category DSP Choose between STEREO SURROUND mode and STEREO mode CD Settings Scan All Select to scan all disc selections Scan Folder Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder CD Compression Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more consistent listening level Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 283 Audio System Clock Settings Set Time Select to set the time Set Da
499. ses this helps to warm up the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Before starting the engine check the following Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off Make sure the parking brake is on Move the transmission selector lever to position P Turn the ignition key to position II If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition see the following instructions Vehicles with an Ignition Key Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Turn the key to position IH to start the engine Release the key when the engine starts Note The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts Note f you cannot start the engine on the first try wait for a short period and try again Vehicles with Keyless Start Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Press the button The system does not function if The key frequencies are jammed The key battery has no charge If you are unable to start the engine do the following Starting and Stopping the Engine 3 button remote E145988 5 button remote E142874 1 Hold the key next to the symbol on the steering column 2 With the key in this position you can use the start
500. sic related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 VI Australia Territory Gracenote and CDDB are registered A Third Party Notices Any and all copies trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote of the Data and or packaging relating logo and logotype and the Powered by thereto shallinclude the respective Third Gracenote logo are trademarks of Party Notices set forth below and used Gracenote as described below corresponding to 5 the Territory or portion thereof AT te End UserLicense Agreement included in such copy This device contains software from Copyright Based on data provided Gracenote Inc of 2000 Powell Street under license from PSMA Australia Emeryville California 94608 Limited www psma com au Gracenote 415 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Appendices The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perfor
501. sisting battery 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected E152134 192 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Roadside Emergencies Gr Py vay _ 3 E142665 Remove the jumper cab ground metal surface or point if available 2 Remove the jumper cab e from the connecting e onthe negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 3 Remove the jumper cab e from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cab e from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After starting your disabled vehicle and removing the jumper cables allow your vehicle to idle for several minutes so the battery can recharge Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing POST CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn intermittently inthe event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag front side side curtain or Safety Canopy or the safety belt pretensioners The horn and lamps will turn off when You press the hazard control button You press the panic button on the remote entry transmitter if equipped Your vehicle runs out of power 193 Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer
502. splay in English Spanish or French Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit System Prompt Volume Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the system Touch Screen Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made through the touchscreen Touch Panel Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm button choices made through the climate or audio system Keyboard Layout Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or ABC format Install Applications Install any downloaded applications or view the current software licenses Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults This erases all personal settings and personal data Voice Control Press the Settings icon gt Thy Settings gt Voice Control then select from the following 340 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch it equipped Voice control Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed inter action and guidance Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts Have the system ask you short questions if it has not clearly heard or understood your request Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Phone Candidate Lists
503. ss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Twoormore repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Fourormore repair attempts are made on the same non
504. st channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 285 Audio System Potential station issues Echo stutter skip or repeat in audio Increase or decrease in audio volume Cause This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster Action No action required This is a broadcast issue Sound fading or blending in and out The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio No action required The reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3 multicast preset or Direct Tune The digit
505. st put the transmitter into programming mode Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing E142661 A Red indicator light B Green indicator light 1 Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from green to red and green 2 Pressthe same button twice to confirm the change to programming mode If done properly the indicator light will appear red 3 Hold the transmitter within 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters of the button onthe visor you want to program 4 Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter and the button you want to program The indicator light on the visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful Note The Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds the Genie transmitter will need to be pressed again If the Genie transmitter indicator light displays green and red release the button until the indicator light turns off before pressing the button again Once HomeLink has been programmed successfully the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode To do this Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped 1 Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from red to red and green 2 Pressthe same button twice to confirm the change If done correctly
506. stall a remote start system see an authorized dealer for MyKey is not compatible with non a Ford approved remote start system MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING Condition Potential Causes cannot create a MyKey The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle is the only admin key there always has to be at least one admin key Vehicles with keyless start The keyless start transmitter is not placed in the backup slot located in the center console See Keyless Entry page 65 SecuriLock passive anti theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode cannot program the configurable The key or transmitter used to start your settings vehicle does not have admin privileges No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 53 cannot clear the MyKeys The key or transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 53 lost the only admin key Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer 56 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyKey Condition Potential Causes I lost a key Program a spare key See Passive Anti Theft System page 67 MyKey distances do not accumulate The MyKey user is not using the MyKey An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys The key system has been reset N
507. sxm com traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by Sirius Travel Link Note Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the Sirius Travel Link services or its use in vehicles When you subscribe to Sirius Travel Link it can help you locate the best gas prices find movie listings get current traffic alerts view the current weather map get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route nearby your vehicle s current location or near any of your favorite places if programmed Fuel Prices Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle s location or on an active navigation route Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 374 Movie Listings Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times if available Weather Touch this button to view the nearby weather current weather or the five day forecast for the chosen area Select Map to see the weather map which can show storms radar information charts and winds Select Area to select from a listing of weather
508. t Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated GCW Gross Combined Weight is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus ioe of the fully loaded trailer 174 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Load Carrying for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating not at Gross Combined Weight Rating Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross Combined Weight of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle The Gross Combined Weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with mandatory options driver and front passenger weight 150 pounds 68 kilograms each no cargo weight internal or external and a tongue load of 10 15 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 25 fifth wheel trailer Consult an authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on atrailer hitch Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 175
509. t ring tones select your message notification change phone book entries and automatically download your cellular phone among other features SYNC Services Access the SYNC Services portal where you can request various types of information traffic reports and directions 911 Assist Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for you after an accident when used properly Vehicle Health Report 3 Create and receive a diagnostic report card on your vehicle Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smartphone System Settings Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings Add Connect Set as Primary On and Off Delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Phone Menu Exit the phone menu by pressing OK This is a phone dependent feature This is a phone dependent and speed dependent feature This is an optional feature and available in the United States only This is an optional feature and available in the United States and Canada only Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 300 SYNC If Equipped Text Messaging Note This is a phone dependent feature SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road Receiving a Te
510. t they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following Objects lodged underneath the seat Objects between the seat cushion and the center console Objects hanging off the seatback Objects stowed in the seatback map pocket Objects placed on the occupant s lap Cargo interference with the seat Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat Supplementary Restraints System The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above e Make sure the front passenger A sensing system is operating properly See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 46 If the airbag readiness lamp is lit do the following Check for objects that are lodged undern
511. tacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section REPORTINGSAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY E142557 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company Customer Assistance To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada Transport Canada Contact Information Website http www tc gc ca eng roadsafety menu htm Phone 1 800 333 0510 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 199 Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Pre Fu
512. tback to reduce the risk of serious injury in the event of acrash or during heavy braking E68595 When you use them properly the seat head restraint safety belt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of acrash Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing We recommend that you follow these guidelines Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible Do not recline the seatback more than 30 degrees Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 in 25cm between your breastbone and the airbag cover Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNINGS Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving The head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should
513. te Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models so may appear different to you on your vehicle Note Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations Note Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of your vehicle This manual may qualify the location of a component as left hand side or right hand side The side is determined when facing forward in the seat Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing E154903 A Right hand side B Left hand side SYMBOLS GLOSSARY These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Safety alert See Owner s Manual Air conditioning system zE Anti lock braking system Avoid smoking flames or sparks Battery Battery acid Brake fluid non petroleum based p gt ce Introduction Brake system Cabin air filter Check fuel cap x gt f Child safety door lock or unlock GB l Kx Child seat lower anchor r Child seat tether anchor P Cruise control 2 Do not open when hot 3 z Engine air filter ao DE Engine coolant Engine coolant temperature cs Engine oil EN Explosive gas Fan warning cry op Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Fasten safety belt Front airbag re de Front fog lamps Fuel pump reset Fuse compartment Hazard warning flashers Heated rear window Heated winds
514. te Select to set the calendar date 24h Mode Select to view clock time in a 12 hour mode or 24 hour mode Display Settings Dimming Select to change display brightness Language Select to display the language in English French or Spanish Temp setting or Celsius Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit DIGITAL RADIO Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune toa station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the HD Radio logo on your screen When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multi
515. teering wheel controls When prompted say Call lt name gt or say Dial then the desired number To end the call or exit phone mode press this phone button Receiving Calls During an incoming call an audible tone sounds Call information appears in the display if it is available Accept the call by pressing Accept on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls ort Reject the call by pressing t Reject on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls Ignore the call by doing nothing SYNC logs it as a missed call Phone Menu Options Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the following options Phone Touch this button to access the on screen numerical pad to enter a number and place a call During an active call you can also choose to Mute the call Put the call on hold Turn on the privacy feature MyFord Touch it equipped Join two calls End the call Quick Dial Set up favorite contacts from your phonebook or history folder Phonebook Touch this button to access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book The system places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen To switch on contact picture settings if your device supports this feature press Phone gt Settings gt Manage Phonebook gt Download photos from Phonebook gt On
516. termarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing your system is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system or some component of the system may be damaged Safety Practices WARNINGS If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand do not rapidly spin the tires Spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds A Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Wheels and Tires Driving habits havea great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety Observe posted speed limits Avoid fast starts stops and turns Avoid potholes and objects on the road Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there is always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until yo
517. th the following Pre defined text message options No Why Thanks Where R you need more directions love you Too funny Can t wait to see you signature This message was sent I m stuck in traffic from my lt Ford or Lincoln gt Accessing Your Phone Settings Pre defined text message options These are phone dependent features Your Can t talk right now phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone text Call me message notification modify your phonebook and set up automatic Call U later download Be there in 10 minutes 1 Press the phone button Be there in 20 minutes 2 Scroll to Phone Settings and then press OK Yes 3 Scroll to select from the following options When you select You can Phone Status See the provider name signal power battery power and roaming status of your connected phone Press OK to select and scroll to view the information When done press OK again to return to the phone status menu Set Ringer Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call one of the system s or your phone s Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1 Ringer 2 Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer 2 Press OK to select 302 SYNC If Equipped When you select You can If your phone supports in band ringing
518. the indicator light will turn green Programming HomeLink to the Genie Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor Note You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor E142662 1 Press and hold the program button on the garage door opener motor until both blue indicator lights turn on 2 Release the program button Only the smaller round indicator light should be on 3 Press and release the program button The larger purple indicator light will flash Note The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds 4 Press and release the Genie Intellicode 2 hand held transmitter s previously programmed button Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 5 Press and hold the previously programmed button on the visor for 2 seconds Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves Programming is now complete Clearing a HomeLink Device To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer Home Link buttons until the indicator light begins to flash The indicator light will begin flashing in10 to 20 seconds at which time both buttons should be released Programming has now been erased and the indicator light should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any of the three HomeLink buttons are pressed FCC and RSS 210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with
519. the position shown E112203 Left Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Right Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock Opening a Rear Door from Inside Pull the interior door release handle twice to unlock and open a rear door The first pull unlocks the door and the second pull will unlatch the door Activating Intelligent Access ir Equipped The intelligent access key must be within 3 feet 1 meter of your vehicle At the Front Doors Pull a front exterior door handle to unlock and open the door The unlock sensor is on the back of the handle Make sure not to touch the lock sensor area on the front of the handle E87384 Press and hold the lock sensor area for about a second to lock your vehicle To avoid unlocking the door inadvertently make sure you only touch the lock sensor and not other areas of the door handle After locking the doors with the lock sensor there is a brief delay before you can unlock your vehicle This delay lets you pull the handle to make sure it locked Note Keep the door handle surface clean to avoid issues with operation Locks At the Liftgate Press the exterior liftgate release button on the top of the liftgate pull cup handle Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead Transmitter This feature helps to prevent you from ocking yourself out of your vehicle if your key is still in the ignition When you open one of the front door
520. the heated rear window grid lines CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNINGS Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing WARNINGS On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag ina collision For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system Vehicle Care Note Follow the sam
521. the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is on visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check the air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL WARNINGS The use of tire sealant may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should only be used in roadside emergencies If you must use a sealant the Ford Tire Mobility Kit sealant should be used The tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized dealer after use of the sealant See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 255 If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function 1 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 258 Note The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use To restore the full function of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle If you get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe
522. the vehicle 1 Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module The restraints control module deploys activates the front safety belt pretensioners driver airbag passenger airbag knee airbag s seat mounted side airbags and Safety Canopy airbags Based onthe type of crash frontal impact or side impact the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light will not Ww illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on The readiness light will either flash or stay lit Aseries of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem the light or both are repaired Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 46 If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a crash The safety belt pretensioners and the front
523. ther strap over the back of the seat For outboard seating positions route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts For the center seating positions route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint If needed the head restraints can also be removed E142538 2 Locate the correct anchor on the back panel of the rear seat for the selected seating position The anchors are labeled with the tether strap symbol and are partially covered by the gap panel Pull the panel back to fully expose the anchors Child Safety recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat E142539 3 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown 4 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use E142595 Can the child sit all the way back BOOSTER SEATS against their vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of WARNING the seat cushion Never place or allowa child to place
524. thing for example a bike rack from the spoiler glass or liftgate This could damage the liftgate and its components If the vehicle is running the liftgate only operates with the transmission in P Three warning tones sound once as the liftgate begins to power close Five short chimes indicate a problem with the open or close request caused by Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The ignition is on and the transmission is notin P The battery voltage is below the minimum operating voltage The vehicle speed is at or above 3 mph 5 km h If the liftgate falls to the closed direction after the liftgate has stopped in the open position four short warning chimes indicate excessive weight on the gate ora possible gas strut failure Have the system checked by an authorized dealer if you still have the issue after you remove the load Opening and Closing the Liftgate If Equipped WARNING Make sure all persons are clear of the power liftgate area before using the power liftgate control Note Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate Note Do not leave the liftgate open while driving This could damage the liftgate and its components Note You can stop the liftgate movement direction with a second press of the instrument panel button or the control button on the liftgate a second double press of the transmitter button or by usi
525. tial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact our Customer Relationship Center The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing If your vehicle m
526. tically deletes any changes additions or deletions saved since your last download System Settings This menu provides access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Bluetooth Devices The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete devices set a phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off 303 SYNC If Equipped 1 Press the phone button to enter the 3 Scroll to Bluetooth Devices Press OK phone menu 4 Scroll to select from the following 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK options If you select You can Add Bluetooth Device See Using SYNC With Your Phone page 295 Connect Bluetooth Device Connect a previously paired Bluetooth enabled phone Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired phones 2 Scroll until you find the desired device and then press OK to connect the phone Set as Primary Phone Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone Press OK to confirm SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle When you select a phone asa primary phone it appears first in the list and the system marks it with an asterisk Set Bluetooth Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off
527. tings for Heating Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control Adjust the fan speed to the second speed setting Press the AUTO button Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the hot settings Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Adjust the air distribution control to the floor and windshield air vents position Cooling the Interior Quickly Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control Adjust the fan speed to the highest speed setting Press the MAX A C button Adjust the temperature control to the MAX A C position Adjust the air distribution control to the instrument panel air vents position Recommended Settings for Cooling Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control Adjust the fan speed to the second speed setting Press the AUTO button Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the cold settings Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Adjust the air distribution control to the instrument panel air vents position 107 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Climate Control Vehicle Stationary for Extended Periods during Extreme High Ambient Temperatures Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control Apply the parking brake Move the transmission sele
528. tion Exit Media Menu Press OK to exit the media menu The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media the system needs to index If autoplay is on you can listen to media processed during indexing If autoplay is off you cannot listen to music until the system finishes indexing media SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if it reaches the maximum indexing file size If you have already connected a device to the USB port you cannot access the line in feature Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately 3Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs the system needs to process 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter Accessing Your Play Menu the media menu This menu allows you to select and play 2 Scroll to Play Press OK your media by artist album genre playlist f there are no media files to access the track similar music oreventoexplorewhat display indicates there is no media If there is on your USB device are media files you have the following Note f your digital media player has a options power switch make sure you switch it on before plugging it in When you select You can Play All Play all indexed media tracks from your playing dev
529. tion TheGross Vehicle Weight must never exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX FRONT GAWR XXXXL XXXXI WITH XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES XXXXXX RIMS AT XXX_ kPa XX THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN El MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE PSLCOLD 4 A APPI VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Ki OOOO XXXX X RIMS TYPE XXX IM IU EXT PNT pail XXXXXLB XXXXXKG REAI XXXXLB WITH TIRES R GAWR G XXX ME PSI COLD LICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR FECT ON THE DATE OF XXXXX XXXXX wer XXX PIPS TR XX TINTTR XX RO XX TAXLE XX DSO TR SPR XXXXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXK XXX _XXXX XXXXXXX XX E142523 173 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Load Carrying MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR PNBY XXXX LBAXXXKG FRONT GAWR PNBE AV REAR GAWR PNBE AR XXXX XXXX B WITHZAVEC TIRES PNEUS XXJXXXXX XXXX XXXXX XXXXXX RIMS JANTES XXxXXX DATE xx xx AARAA Ke COLD A FROID idas m ae COMPLIES 2000 00 x00 CT mn ii NE TR TAXE TIK ISPR 000x X X OXX XX 7000000000000 XXX OXXKKAXAKAKXK AX E142524 WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury E143819 GCWR Gross Combined Weigh
530. tion please refer to the coverage section of your warranty guide call us in Canada at 1 800 665 2006 or visit our website at www ford ca Sykes Assistance Services Corporation administers the Roadside Assistance program You must receive covered services in Canada or the continental United States Coverage extends to vehicles that use public non seasonal annually traveled roadways Roadside Assistance coverage does not extend to vehicles involved in cross country driving logging autocross and any other form of off road use Well maintained roads and surfaces help ensure safe travel for the supplier and allow their representatives to perform service as per the standard operating procedures In Remote Locations If our supplier cannot take your vehicle by road to the nearest authorized dealership transportation by rail or water may be necessary The program covers a tow to the dock or rail terminal and also to the dealership at the end of the trip For rail or water transportation however contact your authorized dealer to confirm if you are eligible for additional coverage before you authorize or pay for the service Call the Ford Roadside Assistance at 1 800 665 2006 for additional information HAZARD WARNINGFLASHERS Note f used when the vehicle is not running the battery will lose charge There may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The hazard warning button
531. tion containing Data for the United States shall contain the following notices HERE holds a non exclusive license from the United States Postal Service to publish and sell ZIP 4 information United States Postal Service 20XX Prices are not established controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS United States Postal Service USPS and ZIP 4 Appendices B Canada Data The following provi sions apply to the Data for Canada which may include or reflect data from third party licensors Third Party Data including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada Her Majesty Canada Post Corporation Canada Post and the Department of Natural Resources of Canada NRCan 1 Disclaimer and Limitation Client agrees that its use of the Third Party Data is subject to the following provi sions a Disclaimer The Third Party Data is licensed on an as is basis The licensors of such data including Her Majesty Canada Post and NRCan make no guarantees representa tions or warranties respecting such data either express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to effectiveness completeness accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose b Limitation on Liability The Third Party Data licensors including Her Majesty Canada Post and NRCan shall not be liable i in
532. tion to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror C Blind Spot Monitor if equipped See Blind Spot Information System page 162 INTERIOR MIRROR WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum or ammonia based cleaning products You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference Some mirrors also have a second pivot point This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night Auto Dimming Mirror it equipped Note Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror Mirror performance may be affected A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 82 The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up SUN VISORS E138666 i a Rotate the sun visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra shade Illuminated Vanity Mirror it equipped E162197 Lift the cover to switch the lamp on Windows and Mirrors MOON ROOF If Equipped WARNINGS Do not let children play
533. tions are also suppressed and donotring inside your vehicle 911 Assist Turn onor turn off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 370 Phone Ringer Select the type of notification for phone calls ring tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Text Message Notification Select the type of notification for text messages alert tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Internet Data Connection If compatible with your phone you can adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Wireless amp Internet Your system has a Wi Fi feature that creates a wireless network within your vehicle thereby allowing other devices such as personal computers or phones share files or play games Using this Wi Fi Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode feature everyone in your vehicle can also access the internet if you have a USB mobile broadband connection inside your vehicle your phone supports personal area networking and if you pa
534. to access music plugged into your USB port You can also plug in devices to charge them if supported by your device Once connected the system indexes any readable media files Bluetooth Audio This is a phone dependent feature that allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetooth enabled phone If supported by your device you can press SEEK to play the previous or next track SYNC Line In Press OK to select and play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Media Settings Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings Once you turn these selections on they remain on until you turn them off Press SEEK to play the previous or next track Shuffle Press OK to shuffle available media files in the current playlist To shuffle all media tracks you must select Play Allin the play menu and then select Shuffle Repeat Press OK to repeat any song Autoplay Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during indexing Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process to finish before the system plays any of your music Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 316 SYNC If Equipped When you select You can System Settings Access Bluetooth Device menu listings Add Connect Set as Primary On and Off Delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system informa
535. torcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B D or F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant U S only ZC 32 B2 Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner ZC 56 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to you
536. trained The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Child Safety E142535 Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol E144054 The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the symbols as shown Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 24 Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions Center Seatin
537. ts as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats Note Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield Manual Climate Control Note 70 reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather adjust the air distribution control to the windshield air vents position Increase the temperature and fan speed to improve clearing if required Automatic Climate Control Note Adjusting the settings when your vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is not necessary The system automatically adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your selected temperature as quickly as possible For the system to function efficiently the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open Note At low ambient temperatures with AUTO selected the system directs airflow to the windshield and side window vents and fan may run at a slow speed until the engine warms up Vehicle with manual climate control 1 Adjust the fan speed to the highest speed setting Vehicle with automatic climate control Press the high fan speed button 2 Adjust the temperature control to the highest setting Adjust the temperature control to the highest setting 3 Adjust the air distribution control to the floor air vents position Press the floor button to distribute air to the floor air vents 106 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Climate Control Recommended Set
538. ty of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover Example only TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs mower MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL SPARE 7145 80D16 420 KPA 60PSI INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX x x x o x kd x x x E kd 3 E142516 171 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Load Carrying AN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION G RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY 1 FRONT 2 I REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 5 avant 1 ARRI RE 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 492 kg or 1085 Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement na doit jamais d pesser kg ou Ib NEU COURESSION DES SEE OWNER S ree PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P235 70R16 240 KPA 35PSI INFORMATION REAR E VOIR LE MANUEL P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 Psi VORLEMANUE seine POUR PLUS DE sedrs 1145 90R17 15 KPA 60 PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS XXX XX XXXX XXXX AL ETT E142517 C
539. u can program your own integrated keyhead transmitter or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle This procedure will program both the engine immobilizer keycode and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys Security You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible See your authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed coded keys are not available Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition 2 Switch the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Switch the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off insert the second previously coded key into the ignition 5 Switch the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 6 Switch the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition 8 Switch the ignition from off to on Keep th
540. u can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you are driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire Rotation Note f your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Wheels and Tires Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wh
541. uipment with your vehicle make sure the jack capacity is adequate for the vehicle weight including any vehicle cargo or modifications Note Passengers should not remain in your vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked 1 Park ona level surface set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers 2 Place the transmission in park P and turn the engine off 3 Remove the carpeted wheel cover 4 Remove the wing nut that secures the spare tire by turning it counterclockwise E160855 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 5 Remove the jack from the foam holder The lug wrench is located in the left side storage foam next to the spare tire Remove the flat tire retainer strap from the jack base o gt i E142551 6 Block the diagonally opposite wheel 7 Loosen each wheel lug nut one half turn counterclockwise but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground Note Jack at the specified locations to avoid damage to the vehicle 8 The vehicle jacking points are shown here and are depicted on the warning label on the jack E145908 9 Small arrow shaped marks onthe sills show the location of the jacking points Wheels and Tires E162190 10 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench Note f equipped with full wheel covers with exposed wheel nuts remove the wheel nuts prior to removing the wheel cover or damage to the wheel cover may occur 11 Replace th
542. ument panel dimming control Edit Wallpaper You can have your touchscreen display the default photo or upload your own Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Wallpaper Note You cannot load photos directly from your camera You must access the photos either from your USB mass storage device or from an SD card Note Photographs with extremely large dimensions such as 2048 x 1536 may not be compatible and appear as a blank black image on the display Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos To access press the Settings icon gt Display gt Edit Wallpaper and then follow the system prompts to upload your photographs MyFord Touch it equipped Only the photograph s which meets the following conditions display Compatible file formats are as follows jpg gif ong omp Each file must be 1 5 MB or less Recommended dimensions 800 x 384 Sound Press the Settingsicon gt Sound ES then select from the following Sound Bass Midrange Treble Set Balance and Fade DSP Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have these sound settings Vehicle Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle then select from the following Vehicle Health Report Camera Settings Enable Valet Mode Vehicle Health Report Turn Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval at which you would like to receive the re
543. ur vehicle the signal should return antenna 356 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing MyFord Touch it equipped Troubleshooting tips Radio display Cause Action Updating Update of channel No action required The programming in progress process may take up to three minutes Call SIRIUS Your satellite service isno Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 1 888 539 7474 longer available 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None found Check Channel All the channels in the selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip skipped or locked Guide Use the channel guide to function on that station Subscription Updated vehicle SIRIUS has updated the channels available for your No action required SIRIUS Satellite Radio Voice Commands If you are listening to SIRIUS us satellite radio press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to SIRIUS satellite radio press the voice button and after the tone say SIRIUS then any of the following commands SIRIUS SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt Sirius lt 0 223 gt Sirius off SIRIUS lt Channel name gt Preset lt gt Sirius on Sports game Tyne SAT SAT preset lt gt NGAT 1 SAT 1
544. urchase through your dealership by calling 1 866 4NAVTEO 1 866 462 8837 in Mexico call 01 800 557 5539 or going to www navigation com sync You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available 388 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Navigation Voice Commands When in navigation mode press uh the voice button on the steering wheel controls After the tone say any of the following commands Navigation system voice commands Cancel next waypoint Cancel route n2 Destination Destination lt nametag gt Destination lt POI category gt Destination favorites Destination home Destination intersection Destination nearest lt POI category gt Destination nearest POI Destination play nametags Destination POI Destination POI category Destination previous destination Destination street address Detour n3 Navigation Navigation voice volume decrease Navigation voice volume increase Repeat instruction Show 3D MyFord Touch it equipped Navigation system voice commands DESTINATION Voice guidance off Voice guidance on Where am Zoom in Zoom out Help These commands are only available when a navigation route is active If you say Destination
545. ures such as town blocks building footprints and railways 3D landmarks appear as clear visible objects that are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only Coverage varies and improves with updated map releases E174016 Change the appearance of the map display by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in the upper left corner of the screen It toggles between three different map modes Heading up North up and 3D Heading up 2D map always P shows the direction of forward travel to be upward on the screen This view is available for map scales up to 2 5 miles 4 kilometers The system remembers this setting for larger map scales but shows the map in North up only If the scale returns below this level the system restores Heading up N Northup 2D map always shows the northern direction to be upward on the screen Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 3D map mode provides an y oN elevated perspective of the map This viewing angle can be adjusted and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by touching the map twice and then dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map View switches between full map street list and exit view in route guidance Menu displays a pop up box that allows direct access to navigation settings View Edit Route SIRIUS Travel Link Guidance Mute and Cancel Route Press the speaker button on the
546. ust be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia Pacific Region Sub Saharan Africa U S Virgin Islands Central America the Caribbean and Israel contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313 594 4857 Fax 313 390 0804 Email expcac ford com For customers in Guam the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands CNMI America Samoa and the U S Virgin Islands please feel free to call our Toll Free Number 800 841 FORD 3673 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 800 841 FORD 3673 FAX 313 390 0804 Email prcac ford com www ford com pr If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact Customer Assistance FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 971 4 3326084 Toll Free Number of the Kingdom of S
547. ust switch the ignition on to use this feature Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog Press the button again within 14 minutes to switch it off It switches off automatically after 14 minutes or when you switch the ignition off Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines Your warranty does not cover this damage Heated Exterior Mirror if Equipped Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass that has frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing The heated mirrors remove ice mist and fog when you switch on the heated rear window CABIN AIR FILTER Note Make sure you have a cabin air filter installed at all times This prevents foreign objects from entering the system Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system Your cabin air filter is located under the instrument panel in the passenger footwell area The particulate filtration system reduces the concentration of airborne particles such as dust spores and pollen in the air supplied to the interior of your
548. ut pressing the brake pedal Both ways re enable the fuel system Note When you try to restart your vehicle after a fuel shutoff the vehicle makes sure that various systems are safe to restart Once your vehicle determines that the systems are safe then the vehicle will allow you to restart Note n the event that your vehicle does not restart after your third attempt contact an authorized dealer JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNINGS The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in personal injury or vehicle damage A Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Use only an adequate sized cable with insulated clamps A Preparing Your Vehicle Note Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 191 Note Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Turn all accessories off Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING Donot attach the cables to fuel lines
549. various driving conditions that are encountered on streets highways and off road Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Study your owner s manual and any supplements for specific information about equipment features instructions for safe driving and additional precautions to reduce the risk of an accident or serious injury Four wheel drive system if equipped WARNING Do not become overconfident in the ability of four wheel drive vehicles Although a four wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations it won t stop any faster than two wheel drive vehicles Always drive at a safe speed A vehicle equipped with four wheel drive when selected has the ability to use all four wheels to power itself This increases traction which may enable you to safely drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot For four wheel drive vehicles a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided should never be used A dissimilar spare tire size other than the spare tire provided or major dissimilar tire sized between the front and rear axles could cause the four wheel drive system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive Wheels and Tires How your veh
550. vehicle s electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to activate electric trailer brakes Your vehicle may tow a trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following chart Towing Powertrain Maximum GCWR Maximum tallar weight 2 5L 2WD 5351 lb 2427 kg 1500 lb 681 kg 1 6L GTDI 2WD 5862 lb 2659 kg 2000 lb 907 kg 2 0L GTDI 2WD 5957 lb 2702 kg 2000 lb 907 kg 2 0L GTDI 2WD 7457 lb 3382 kg 3500 lb 1588 kg 1 6L GTDI 4WD 2 0L GTDI 4WD 6005 lb 2724 kg 6091 lb 2763 kg 2000 lb 907 kg 2000 lb 907 kg 2 0L GTDI 4WD 7591 lb 3443 kg 3500 lb 1588 kg Calculated with SAE J2807 method Without trailer towing package With trailer towing package Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 180 Towing ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Follow these guidelines for safe towing Do not tow a trailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer See your scheduled maintenance information If you use a rental trailer follow the instructions the rental agency gives
551. vent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your warranty information for complete details On Board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with an on board diagnostics system OBD II that monitors the engine s emission control system This system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate Examples of temporary malfunctions are the vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing the fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Refueling page 134 driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the serv
552. verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system such as brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note This feature is only available in the United States Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note n order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Hea
553. voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system delivers a new route to your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system The navigation system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions See Navigation page 382 MyFord Touch it equipped Disconnecting from SYNC Services button on the steering wheel Press and hold the hang up phone 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams such as Detroit Lions or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip Such as a sports report and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services an
554. when you should change the engine oil based on how your vehicle is used By using several important factors in its calculations the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduces environmental waste at the same time Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Brake coolant recovery reservoir automatic transmission and window washer If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister Replace as needed This means you do not have to remember to change the oil on a mileage based schedule Your vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED in the information display The following table provides examples of vehicle use and its impact on oil change intervals It is a guideline only Actual oil change intervals depend on several factors and generally decrease with severity of use 423 Scheduled Maintenance When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message Interval Vehicle use and example Normal 7500 10000 miles Normal commuting with highway driving 12000 16000 km No or moderate load or towing Flat to moderately hilly roads No extended idling Severe 5000 7499 miles Moderate to heavy load or towing 8000 11999 km Mountainous or off road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation Extreme 3000 4999 miles 4800 7999 km Maximum loa
555. when you switch this feature on See Using Cruise Control page 161 Direction Indicator Illuminates when the left or right np turn signal or the hazard warning flasher is turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb See Changing a Bulb page 224 Engine Oil If it illuminates with the engine running or when you are driving this indicates a malfunction Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off Check the engine oil level See Engine Oil Check page 215 Note Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Fasten Safety Belt It will illuminate and a chime will 7 4 sound to remind you to fasten 7 your safety belt See Safety Belt Minder page 36 Fog Lamps Front if Equipped It will illuminate when you switch D the front fog lamps on High Beam It will illuminate when you switch the high beam headlamps on It will flash when you use the headlamp flasher Information if Equipped It will illuminate when a new G message is stored in the information display It will be red or amber in color depending on the severity of the message and will remain on until the cause of the message has been rectified See Information Messages page 93 Low Fuel Level It will illuminate when the fuel
556. while starting the vehicle Ford KeyFree Key not Red Displayed when a valid key is not detected inside car within the vehicle See Keyless Starting page 125 soon Key Battery low Replace Displays when the key battery is low Change the battery as soon as possible See Remote Control page 49 Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 97 Information Displays Lighting Message Message Action Indicator Brake lamp Bulb fault Displays when the brake lamp bulb has burned out Contact your authorized dealer Low beam Bulb fault Displays when the low beam headlamp bulb has burned out Contact your authorized dealer Headlamp fault Service Amber Displays when an electrical system problem required occurs with the headlamp system Contact your authorized dealer Maintenance Message Message Action Indicator Engine oil change due Displays when the engine oil life is depleted and requires a change See Engine Oil Check page 215 Brake fluid level low Red Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the Service now brake system should be inspected immediately See Brake Fluid Check page 219 MyKey Message Message Action Indicator MyKey active Drive Displays when MyKey is active Safely MyKey Speed Limited to Displays when starting the vehicle and MyKey XX MPH km h isin use and the MyKey speed limit is on MyKey Vehicle Near Top Amber Displays when a
557. window controls lock Bounce Back if Equipped The window stops automatically while closing It reverses some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Overriding the Bounce Back Feature WARNING When you override the bounce back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle Proceed as follows to override this protection feature when there is a resistance for example in winter 1 Close the window twice until it reaches the point of resistance and let it reverse Windows and Mirrors Close the window a third time to the point of resistance You disabled the bounce back feature and you can now close the window manually The window travels past the point of resistance and you can close it fully Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible if the window does not close after the third attempt Resetting the Bounce Back Feature WARNING The bounce back feature remains turned off until you reset the memory If you have disconnected the battery you must reset the bounce back memory separately for each window 1 Lift and hold the control until the window is fully closed Release the control Lift and hold the control again for a few seconds Release the control Lift and hold the control again for a few seconds Release the control Press and hold the control until the w
558. xcessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Wheels and Tires Tire Wear E142546 When the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch 2 mm tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch 2 mm When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended Age WARNING Tires degrade over time de
559. xt Message Note This is a phone dependent feature Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the display indicates you have anew message You have these options Press the voice button wait for the prompt and say Read message to have SYNC read the message to you Press OK to receive and open the text message or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message You can then also choose to reply or forward the message Press OK and scroll to choose between Reply to Text Message Press OK to access and then scroll through the list of pre defined messages to send Forward Text Message Press OK to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or Call History You can also choose Enter Number Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 301 Sending Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages Note Forwarding a text message is a speed dependent feature and is only available when your vehicle is traveling at 3 mph 5 km h or less Note You can only have one recipient per text message Text messaging is a phone dependent feature If your phone is compatible SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll to Text Message and then press
560. y Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge E138653 Adjust the control to the desired heat setting Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing REAR SEAT ARMREST itequipped E138656 Fold the armrest down to use the armrest and cupholder Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped Home Link Wireless Control System if Equipped WARNING Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death Note Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage Note Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming Note We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons See Erasing the function button codes later in this section Note You can program a maximum of three devices To change or re
561. y followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal Vehicle speed minders Once you select a speed it will be shown in the display followed by a tone when the set vehicle speed is exceeded Audio system maximum volume of 45 A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume Also the speed sensitive compensated volume automatic volume control feature will be disabled Always on setting When this is selected you will not be able to disable AdvanceTrac 911 Assist or the do not disturb feature if your vehicle is equipped with these features CREATING A MYKEY Use the information display to create a MyKey 53 MyKey 1 Insert the key you want to program into the ignition If your vehicle is equipped with a push button start hold the intelligent access key next to the steering column Details on the correct fob placement and position is in another chapter See Starting and Stopping the Engine page 125 2 Switch the ignition on 3 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings and then MyKey by pressing OK or the gt button 4 Press OK or the gt button to select Create MyKey 5 When prompted hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey The key will be restricted at your vehicle s next start
562. y restrained in a rear seating position 1y A Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 31 WARNINGS Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident All seating positions in this vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided The safety belt system consists of lap and shoulder safety belts shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions retractor and anchor pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions belt tension sensor at the front outboard passenger seating position amp safety belt warning light and chime e Ww crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator Safety Belts The safety belt pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal near frontal and side crashes and in rollovers The safety belt pretensioners on the retractor and anchor at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body when activated This helps in
563. y other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFT WARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Adobe Contains Adobe Flash Player or AIR technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated This Licensee Product contains Adobe Flash Player Adobe AIR software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright 1995 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC All rights reserved Adobe Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated End User Notice Microsoft Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction
564. y trained technicians at your dealership should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately Make sure to change your vehicle s oils and fluids at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford approved flushing chemical Owner Checks and Services Make sure you perform the following basic maintenance checks and inspections every month or at six month intervals Scheduled Maintenance Check every month Engine oil level Function of all interior and exterior lights Tires including spare for wear and proper pressure Windshield washer fluid level Check every six months Battery connections Clean if necessary Body and door drain holes for obstructions Clean if necessary Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength Door weatherstrips for wear Lubricate if necessary Hinges latches and outside locks for proper operation Lubricate if necessary Parking brake for proper operation Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function Safety warning lamps brake ABS airbag and safety belt for operation Washer spray and wiper operation
565. you You can find information on load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label as well as instructions on calculating your vehicle s load in the Load Carrying chapter See Load Limit page 170 Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight Hitches Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle Distribute the trailer load so 10 15 of the total trailer weight is on the tongue Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing Safety Chains Note Never attach safety chains to the bumper Always connect the safety chains to the hook retainers of your vehicle hitch To connect the trailer s safety chains cross them under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes WARNING Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations The rating for the tow vehicle s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating not the
566. your device SYNC does not recognize music that is on my device Your music files may not contain the correct artist song title album or genre information The file may be corrupted The song may have copy right protection which does not allow it to play Make sure that all song details are populated Some devices require you to change the USB settings from mass storage to MTP class Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 323 SYNC If Equipped Vehicle Health Report and Services Traffic Directions and Information issues received a text that did not activate Vehicle Health Report Possible cause s You did not activate your account on the website You may have the wrong VIN vehicle identification number listed Possible solution s This is a free feature but you must first register online to use it Make sure that your VIN is correctly listed in your account am unable to retrieve the report on the website or receive a system error The preferred dealer information did not load correctly When you register your account you must choosea preferred dealer If it already lists a dealer try selecting another dealer and logging out Log back in change it back to your preferred dealer and retrieve the report am unable to submit a report This could be due to your phone s compatibility Bad signal strength You did not register you
567. ystem If it illuminates when you are driving this indicates a malfunction You will continue to have the normal braking system without ABS unless the brake system warning lamp is also illuminated Have the system checked by your authorized dealer Battery If it illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Blind Spot Monitor if Equipped of It will illuminate when you switch F this feature off or in conjunction with a message See Blind Spot Information System page 162 See Information Messages page 93 Brake System EA it will illuminate when you oO engage the parking brake with a the ignition on Instrument Cluster If it illuminates when you are driving check that the parking brake is not engaged If the parking brake is not engaged this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction Have the system checked immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop your vehicle Have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury Cruise Control it Equipped It will illuminate
568. ystem some Press the right arrow to enter a menu options may appear slightly different Press the left arrow to exit a menu Press MENU Press OK to confirm a selection Manual tune Use the left and right arrows to go up or down the frequency band Scan Select for a brief sampling of all available channels AST Select to store the six strongest local stations on the AM AST and FM AST frequency bands PTY Set Category Select to have the system search by certain music RBDS RDS categories such as Rock Pop or Country Select to view additional broadcast data if available This feature defaults to off RBDS must be on for you to seta category SIRIUS Scan Select for a brief sampling of all available channels Show ESN Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number ESN You will need this number when communicating with Sirius to activate modify or track your account Channel Guide Select to view available satellite radio channels Press OK to open a list of the following options for this channel Tune Channel Skip Channel or Lock Channel Once you skip or lock a channel you can only access it by pressing Direct and entering the channel number Locking or unlocking a channel requires your PIN Escape TM2 enUSA First Printing 282 Audio System Set Category Alerts SIRIUS Select to view channel categories such as Pop Rock or News If you

2015 Escape Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents